Gods protecting providence, man's surest help and defence in the times of the greatest difficulty and most imminent danger evidenced in the remarkable deliverance of divers persons from the devouring waves of the sea, amongst which they suffered shipwrack : and also from the more cruelly devouring jawes of the inhumane canibals of Florida / faithfully related by one of the persons concerned therein, Jonathan Dickenson.
         Dickinson, Jonathan, 1663-1722.
      
       
         
           1699
        
      
       Approx. 210 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 55 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2009-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A35938
         Wing D1389
         ESTC R13049
         13134884
         ocm 13134884
         97900
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A35938)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 97900)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 414:11)
      
       
         
           
             Gods protecting providence, man's surest help and defence in the times of the greatest difficulty and most imminent danger evidenced in the remarkable deliverance of divers persons from the devouring waves of the sea, amongst which they suffered shipwrack : and also from the more cruelly devouring jawes of the inhumane canibals of Florida / faithfully related by one of the persons concerned therein, Jonathan Dickenson.
             Dickinson, Jonathan, 1663-1722.
          
           [12], 96 p.
           
             By Reinier Jansen,
             Printed in Philadelphia :
             1699.
          
           
             An account of a shipwreck and the ensuing hardships in which Robert Barrow dies.
             Reproduction of original in Huntington Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Barrow, Robert, d. 1697.
           Shipwrecks.
           Indians of North America -- Florida.
        
      
    
     
        2006-09 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2006-09 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2008-07 Taryn Hakala
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2008-07 Taryn Hakala
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-09 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           GODS
           PROTECTING
           PROVIDENCE
           MAN'S
           SUREST
           HELP
           AND
           DEFENCE
           In
           the
           times
           Of
           the
           greatest
           difficulty
           and
           most
           Imminent
           danger
           ;
           Evidenced
           in
           the
           
             Remarkable
             Deliverance
          
           Of
           divers
           Persons
           ,
           From
           the
           devouring
           Waves
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           amongst
           which
           they
           Suffered
           Shipwrack
           .
        
         
           And
           also
           From
           the
           more
           cruelly
           devouring
           jawes
           of
           the
           inhumane
           CANIBALS
           of
           FLORIDA
           .
        
         
           Faithfully
           related
           by
           one
           of
           the
           persons
           concerned
           therein
           ;
           JONATHAN
           DICKENSON
           .
        
         
           
             Psal.
             93
             :
             4.
             
          
           The
           Lord
           on
           high
           is
           mightier
           than
           the
           noise
           of
           many
           Waters
           ,
           yea
           than
           the
           mighty
           Waves
           of
           the
           Sea.
           
        
         
           
             Psal.
             74
             :
             20.
             
          
           The
           dark
           places
           of
           the
           Earth
           are
           full
           of
           the
           habitations
           of
           Cruelty
           .
        
         
           
             Printed
             in
          
           Philadelphia
           by
           Reinier
           Jansen
           .
           1699.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           The
           Preface
        
         
           Ingratitude
           towards
           men
           ,
           after
           signal
           fawours
           received
           ,
           is
           ,
           amongst
           all
           civilized
           people
           ,
           looked
           upon
           with
           a
           just
           detestation
           ;
           insomuch
           that
           the
           morall
           Gentiles
           in
           ages
           past
           ,
           thought
           they
           could
           give
           no
           worse
           a
           character
           of
           a
           Person
           ,
           than
           to
           call
           him
           ungratefull
           .
           How
           much
           more
           then
           are
           Christians
           (
           especially
           in
           a
           time
           of
           such
           Light
           ,
           as
           now
           shineth
           )
           engaged
           ,
           to
           shun
           this
           fin
           of
           ingratitude
           ,
           towards
           their
           GOD
           ,
           whom
           the
           sensible
           know
           ,
           to
           be
           
             the
             Fountain
             of
             all
             their
             mercies
             :
          
           And
           surely
           ,
           next
           to
           the
           infinite
           mercy
           shewed
           them
           for
           Christs
           sake
           ,
           in
           causing
           
             the
             days-spring
             from
             on
             high
             to
             visit
          
           their
           Souls
           ;
           remarkable
           outward
           deliverances
           ,
           ought
           in
           a
           more
           than
           commonly
           remarkable
           manner
           ,
           to
           be
           the
           objects
           of
           their
           gratitude
           ,
           to
           their
           great
           Deliverer
           .
           I
           must
           confess
           ,
           thanks
           giving
           (
           which
           is
           what
           we
           poor
           Mortal●
           can
           return
           ,
           for
           the
           manifold
           favours
           we
           daily
           receive
           from
           him
           )
           hath
           it's
           rise
           in
           the
           heart
           ;
           and
           as
           
             out
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             the
             heart
             the
             mouth
             speaketh
             ,
          
           how
           can
           those
           who
           are
           truly
           thankfull
           in
           heart
           ;
           but
           
             render
             the
             calves
             of
             their
             lips
          
           ;
           in
           telling
           to
           their
           Friends
           and
           acquaintance
           ,
           
             how
             great
             things
             GOD
             hath
             done
          
           for
           them
           :
           Nay
           ,
           they
           are
           so
           affected
           ,
           with
           such
           eminent
           appearances
           of
           the
           Protecting
           hand
           of
           Providence
           ,
           for
           their
           help
           ,
           preservation
           and
           deliverance
           ;
           that
           they
           are
           not
           vvilling
           to
           confine
           it
           to
           them
           only
           ,
           but
           to
           publish
           it
           to
           the
           World
           ;
           that
           the
           Fame
           of
           their
           God
           may
           be
           spread
           
             from
             Sea
             to
             Sea
          
           ,
           and
           from
           one
           end
           of
           the
           Earth
           to
           the
           other
           .
        
         
           The
           following
           relation
           being
           large
           ,
           I
           shall
           endeavour
           to
           be
           short
           ;
           only
           ,
           some
           of
           the
           things
           which
           seem
           to
           me
           most
           remarkable
           '
           I
           would
           more
           particularly
           recommend
           to
           the
           Readers
           observation
           .
        
         
           1.
           
           
             The
             hearts
             of
             all
             men
             are
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             God
             ,
          
           he
           can
           turn
           them
           as
           he
           pleases
           .
           When
           these
           Man-eaters
           fury
           was
           at
           height
           ,
           their
           knives
           in
           one
           hand
           ,
           and
           the
           poor
           Shipwrakt
           People's
           heads
           in
           the
           other
           ;
           their
           knees
           upon
           the
           others
           shoulders
           ,
           and
           their
           looks
           dismal
           ;
           on
           a
           suddain
           ;
           the
           Savages
           were
           struck
           dumb
           ,
           and
           their
           countenances
           changed
           ,
           that
           
           they
           looked
           like
           another
           People
           ;
           the
           Casseekey
           (
           or
           King
           )
           becoming
           as
           a
           safegard
           to
           the
           distressed
           ,
           from
           the
           injuries
           of
           his
           own
           men
           :
           Nay
           ,
           such
           confidence
           put
           he
           in
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           trust
           them
           to
           remove
           the
           mony
           ,
           he
           had
           taken
           from
           themselves
           ,
           before
           he
           would
           trust
           his
           own
           .
           When
           they
           were
           got
           from
           these
           to
           another
           place
           ,
           where
           they
           expected
           more
           safety
           ,
           they
           found
           themselves
           disappointed
           ▪
           fresh
           dangers
           presenting
           themselves
           ,
           as
           dismally
           as
           before
           ,
           Yet
           God
           prevented
           any
           further
           mischief
           ,
           than
           the
           stripping
           them
           of
           those
           poor
           rags
           the
           others
           had
           left
           them
           ,
           and
           some
           other
           abuses
           ,
           which
           by
           that
           time
           were
           grown
           familiar
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           were
           looked
           upon
           as
           
             light
             afflictions
          
           .
           The
           Casseekys
           Wi●e
           being
           made
           an
           instrument
           for
           their
           delivery
           ,
           she
           and
           some
           others
           having
           some
           thing
           of
           tenderness
           of
           heart
           in
           them
           ,
           though
           amongst
           such
           an
           inhumane
           crew
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Many
           were
           the
           particular
           deliverances
           upon
           occasion
           of
           injuries
           offered
           .
           Once
           ,
           an
           Arrow
           shot
           at
           them
           narrowly
           escaped
           them
           .
           Another
           time
           ,
           some
           going
           to
           shoot
           Arrows
           at
           them
           ,
           certain
           of
           their
           own
           company
           caught
           hold
           of
           their
           Bows
           and
           arms
           ;
           Nay
           ,
           though
           some
           of
           them
           shot
           ,
           yet
           their
           arrows
           mist
           .
           Not
           to
           mention
           the
           frequent
           dangers
           they
           were
           in
           ,
           upon
           every
           slight
           suspicion
           of
           their
           being
           English
           ,
           of
           which
           more
           anon
           :
           And
           well
           might
           these
           poor
           sufferers
           be
           in
           continual
           fear
           of
           their
           lives
           ,
           since
           about
           a
           12
           month
           before
           a
           parcel
           of
           Dutch-men
           who
           had
           likewise
           suffered
           Shipwrack
           ,
           had
           been
           killed
           and
           devoured
           ;
           and
           moreover
           ,
           of
           the
           many
           Vessels
           supposed
           to
           be
           lost
           on
           that
           Coast
           ,
           these
           are
           the
           first
           company
           ,
           that
           are
           known
           to
           have
           escaped
           .
           Neither
           is
           it
           so
           wonderfull
           that
           they
           are
           thus
           cruel
           to
           strangers
           ,
           since
           they
           are
           unnatural
           to
           their
           own
           aged
           People
           ;
           they
           having
           no
           more
           compassion
           on
           them
           ,
           than
           to
           make
           them
           Slaves
           to
           the
           younger
           .
           Yet
           are
           these
           Man-eaters
           as
           cowardly
           as
           cruel
           ;
           when
           the
           Spaniards
           came
           up
           ,
           the
           sight
           of
           a
           rusty
           muske●
           presented
           towards
           them
           ,
           would
           make
           severall
           of
           them
           flie
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           The
           dangers
           they
           were
           delivered
           from
           ,
           arose
           not
           only
           from
           men
           ,
           but
           the
           Elements
           also
           God
           permitted
           to
           threaten
           them
           ,
           and
           afflict
           them
           .
           One
           time
           rowing
           in
           their
           Boat
           ,
           
           the
           Sea
           swelled
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           was
           dangerous
           continuing
           there
           on
           al
           night
           ,
           and
           as
           dangerous
           ,
           to
           ende●vour
           for
           the
           〈◊〉
           yet
           Providence
           failed
           them
           not
           ,
           but
           conducted
           them
           〈◊〉
           thither
           ,
           as
           though
           there
           had
           been
           a
           lane
           〈◊〉
           through
           the
           Breakers
           .
           Another
           time
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           great
           Flood
           〈◊〉
           were
           forced
           to
           remove
           their
           lodgings
           several
           times
           ,
           and
           for
           divers
           daies
           ,
           were
           in
           a
           continual
           apprehension
           of
           being
           drowned
           ,
           at
           length
           were
           preserved
           upon
           an
           Oyster-hill
           .
           Not
           to
           mention
           the
           frequent
           dangers
           they
           were
           in
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           extream
           cold
           ,
           too
           tedious
           to
           touch
           at
           here
           .
           Wherein
           this
           however
           is
           remarkable
           ;
           that
           God
           can
           both
           administer
           strength
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           weakness
           ,
           and
           also
           take
           away
           strength
           ,
           and
           cause
           weakness
           to
           seize
           ,
           whenever
           he
           pleases
           :
           Here
           was
           an
           old
           man
           ,
           a
           Woman
           with
           a
           sucking
           child
           ,
           and
           another
           with
           child
           Persons
           ,
           seemingly
           ,
           very
           unlikely
           to
           encounter
           such
           hardships
           ,
           all
           escaped
           ,
           and
           divers
           Negro's
           ,
           used
           to
           more
           hardiness
           ,
           perished
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           As
           to
           lodging
           ,
           I
           shall
           say
           little
           ,
           any
           discreet
           person
           may
           imagine
           ,
           how
           hard
           it
           was
           to
           people
           well
           brought
           up
           ,
           to
           lie
           on
           a
           floor
           ,
           swarming
           with
           abundance
           of
           many
           sorts
           of
           creeping
           things
           ,
           occasioned
           by
           the
           throwing
           the
           berry
           stones
           on
           the
           floor
           ,
           and
           letting
           all
           the
           nastiness
           they
           made
           lye
           there
           ,
           which
           bred
           these
           vermine
           ;
           and
           yet
           perhaps
           might
           be
           accounted
           good
           lodging
           ,
           in
           comparison
           of
           the
           cold
           ground
           ,
           where
           on
           they
           often
           lay
           afterwards
           unsheltered
           ,
           exposed
           to
           the
           bleak
           blasts
           of
           the
           rigid
           North-West-Wind
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Their
           Food
           mostly
           scanty
           ,
           the
           best
           of
           it
           such
           ,
           as
           (
           I
           am
           ready
           to
           think
           )
           the
           meanest
           Negro
           ,
           here
           would
           not
           touch
           with
           his
           lips
           :
           Sometimes
           the
           gills
           and
           gutts
           of
           fish
           pickt
           oft
           a
           dunghill
           ,
           sometimes
           the
           scraps
           the
           Indians
           flung
           away
           ,
           and
           the
           Water
           they
           boyled
           their
           Fish
           in
           ,
           though
           never
           so
           undecently
           handled
           .
           At
           first
           their
           sorrows
           were
           so
           great
           ,
           and
           their
           alarms
           so
           many
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           eat
           ;
           afterwards
           their
           dyet
           so
           uncouth
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           away
           with
           it
           ;
           untill
           at
           length
           hunger
           had
           so
           far
           prevailed
           over
           them
           ,
           that
           they
           could
           eat
           with
           an
           appetite
           ,
           the
           
             Palmetto
             berries
          
           ,
           the
           tast
           whereof
           was
           once
           irksome
           ,
           and
           ready
           to
           take
           away
           their
           
           breath
           :
           Nay
           so
           send
           were
           they
           of
           them
           ,
           that
           the
           getting
           about
           a
           bushel
           accident●●ly
           ,
           was
           looked
           on
           as
           a
           great
           prize
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Their
           being
           forced
           to
           mask
           themselves
           under
           the
           name
           of
           Spaniards
           ,
           though
           few
           of
           them
           could
           speak
           any
           Spanish
           ,
           was
           an
           other
           hardship
           :
           mostly
           because
           the
           Natives
           often
           suspected
           them
           to
           be
           English
           ,
           and
           thereby
           they
           were
           continually
           in
           danger
           of
           their
           lives
           .
           Whether
           their
           cruelty
           against
           the
           English
           ,
           proceeds
           from
           their
           being
           under
           no
           apprehension
           of
           danger
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           so
           may
           think
           themselves
           lawless
           ,
           in
           what
           they
           do
           against
           our
           Nation
           ;
           Or
           whether
           it
           proceeds
           ,
           from
           any
           particular
           disgust
           offered
           them
           by
           some
           English
           ,
           I
           shall
           not
           determine
           :
           However
           it
           would
           do
           well
           ,
           for
           those
           that
           are
           not
           under
           their
           power
           ,
           to
           avoid
           giving
           them
           any
           just
           cause
           of
           offence
           ,
           least
           their
           Neighbours
           suffer
           for
           their
           faults
           :
           One
           of
           these
           Savages
           could
           complain
           ,
           
             that
             ,
             some
             years
             past
             ,
             he
             had
             been
             taken
             off
             by
             some
             of
             our
          
           English
           
             Sloops
             ,
             from
             whom
             ●e
             escaped
             by
             swimming
             ,
          
           and
           was
           therewith
           disgusted
           ,
           insomuch
           ,
           that
           could
           he
           ,
           by
           his
           si●ting
           ,
           have
           found
           o●t
           that
           they
           were
           English
           ,
           it
           might
           have
           proved
           of
           ill
           consequence
           to
           them
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           The
           courtesy
           of
           the
           Governour
           of
           Augusteen
           ,
           who
           clothed
           these
           naked
           people
           ,
           fed
           their
           hungry
           stomachs
           ,
           and
           caused
           them
           to
           be
           conducted
           safely
           to
           Carolina
           ,
           is
           not
           to
           be
           passed
           by
           without
           due
           notice
           ;
           especially
           being
           a
           man
           of
           another
           Nation
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           of
           a
           different
           Religion
           ,
           and
           what
           is
           more
           ,
           of
           such
           an
           one
           ,
           as
           doth
           not
           teach
           its
           Votaries
           ,
           so
           much
           compassion
           ,
           towards
           those
           they
           count
           Hereticks
           .
           Neither
           let
           me
           forget
           the
           Governour
           of
           Carolina
           ,
           whose
           Generosity
           compleated
           ,
           what
           the
           Governour
           of
           Augusteen
           had
           begun
           ,
           in
           assisting
           and
           cherishing
           these
           our
           afflicted
           Friends
           and
           Country
           folks
           ;
           With
           which
           I
           shall
           conclude
           these
           Remarks
           ,
           to
           treat
           more
           particularly
           ,
           concerning
           that
           faithfull
           Servant
           of
           the
           Lord
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           ,
           who
           was
           one
           of
           this
           Company
           .
        
         
           This
           man
           of
           God
           ,
           whose
           habitation
           was
           in
           one
           of
           the
           Northern
           Counties
           of
           England
           ,
           was
           early
           convinced
           of
           the
           blessed
           truth
           of
           God
           ,
           prosessed
           by
           the
           People
           called
           Quakers
           ,
           
           and
           soon
           after
           had
           
             a
             discensation
             of
             the
             Gospel
             committed
          
           to
           him
           .
           He
           lived
           in
           his
           Native
           Country
           ,
           in
           esteem
           amongst
           his
           Neighbours
           ,
           for
           his
           godly
           conversation
           ,
           and
           honoured
           in
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           an
           Elder
           vvho
           had
           abode
           faithfull
           in
           his
           testimony
           ,
           both
           in
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           suffering
           for
           the
           same
           ,
           and
           behaving
           himself
           ansvverably
           thereunto
           .
           And
           in
           the
           Year
           1694
           the
           Spirit
           of
           God
           (
           from
           vvhom
           he
           first
           had
           his
           commission
           )
           requiring
           him
           to
           come
           over
           into
           these
           parts
           ,
           to
           Preach
           the
           Gospel
           here
           also
           ,
           
             he
             was
             not
             disobedient
             to
             the
             heavenly
             call
             ,
          
           but
           gave
           up
           to
           do
           the
           will
           of
           God
           ,
           though
           in
           a
           cross
           to
           his
           own
           ,
           as
           appeared
           by
           an
           expression
           of
           his
           ,
           before
           he
           left
           England
           ,
           Which
           was
           to
           this
           effect
           ,
           
             That
             he
             had
             rather
             immediately
             have
             laid
             down
             his
             natural
             life
             there
             ,
             if
             by
             so
             doing
             he
             could
             have
             kept
             his
             peace
             with
             God
             ,
             than
             to
             have
             crossed
             the
             Seas
             to
             America
             .
          
           Well●
           hither
           he
           came
           ,
           and
           after
           he
           had
           throughly
           visited
           these
           parts
           ,
           he
           took
           ship
           for
           the
           
             West-Indian
             Islands
          
           ,
           and
           at
           length
           was
           returning
           from
           Jamaico
           ,
           to
           this
           Town
           of
           Philadelphia
           ,
           when
           these
           calamities
           mentioned
           in
           the
           ensuing
           Journal
           be●ell
           him
           .
           How
           he
           behaved
           himself
           under
           them
           ,
           is
           therein
           expressed
           ,
           with
           what
           patience
           he
           was
           carried
           through
           them
           ,
           with
           what
           faith
           he
           overcame
           ,
           even
           the
           very
           worst
           of
           men
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           may
           be
           said
           ,
           He
           was
           
             more
             than
             a
             Conquerour
          
           over
           those
           bloodthirsty
           
             Canibals
             ;
             looking
             to
             Him
             Who
             was
             invisible
             ,
          
           and
           by
           his
           grace
           seeing
           beyond
           them
           and
           their
           cruelty
           ;
           by
           Prayer
           
             wrestling
             with
             God
             for
             a
             blessing
             ,
          
           even
           the
           blessing
           of
           being
           delivered
           out
           of
           their
           barbarous
           hands
           ,
           and
           laying
           his
           bones
           amongst
           faithfull
           Friends
           ;
           and
           so
           effectual
           were
           his
           fervent
           prayers
           ,
           that
           they
           
             prevailed
             with
             God
          
           ;
           and
           so
           gracious
           was
           his
           God
           unto
           him
           ,
           that
           He
           sealed
           an
           assurance
           upon
           his
           spirit
           ,
           that
           his
           prayers
           were
           heard
           ,
           and
           should
           in
           due
           time
           be
           ansvvered
           ,
           before
           he
           vvas
           yet
           off
           his
           knees
           .
           And
           doubtles
           ,
           he
           was
           made
           a
           strength
           and
           a
           comfort
           ,
           to
           his
           companions
           in
           affliction
           ,
           whose
           remembrance
           will
           not
           be
           easily
           blotted
           out
           of
           their
           minds
           .
        
         
           One
           remarkable
           passage
           I
           cannot
           well
           omit
           ,
           Which
           demonstrates
           ,
           he
           had
           well
           learnt
           of
           him
           vvho
           is
           a
           
             God
             of
          
           
           truth
           ,
           to
           speak
           the
           truth
           from
           all
           occasion●
           ;
           〈◊〉
           vvith
           vvith
           the
           h●zard
           of
           his
           life
           ●or
           as
           the
           Reader
           may
           observe
           is
           the
           Series
           of
           this
           follovving
           relation
           ,
           thie●e
           poor
           people
           ,
           for
           the
           safeg●rd
           of
           their
           lives
           ,
           had
           assumed
           the
           name
           of
           Spaniards
           ,
           some
           on
           that
           account
           asserting
           what
           was
           wrong
           ,
           others
           concealing
           the
           truth
           ,
           yet
           this
           honest
           hearted
           man
           ,
           being
           directly
           asked
           the
           question
           ,
           
             Nickaicer
             ,
             Nicka●●r
          
           ?
           (
           〈◊〉
           word
           for
           Englishman
           )
           could
           do
           neither
           ;
           but
           in
           simplicity
           answered
           ,
           yes
           ;
           being
           asked
           so
           concerning
           another
           ,
           he
           〈◊〉
           gain
           ansvvered
           ,
           yes
           .
           Yet
           ,
           though
           for
           his
           plain
           dealing
           he
           was
           stript
           of
           his
           cloths
           ,
           which
           till
           then
           he
           had
           saved
           ,
           God
           suffered
           not
           these
           Savages
           to
           touch
           his
           life
           ,
           or
           the
           lives
           of
           any
           of
           his
           company
           .
        
         
           Thus
           he
           passed
           through
           this
           afflicting
           tryal
           ,
           and
           at
           length
           arrived
           at
           this
           place
           ,
           on
           the
           1st
           .
           day
           of
           the
           2d
           .
           month
           1697
           ▪
           though
           in
           much
           weakness
           ,
           having
           been
           taken
           very
           ill
           or
           the
           belly
           ache
           and
           Flux
           at
           Augusteen
           ,
           of
           which
           he
           never
           recovered
           ,
           but
           still
           grew
           worse
           and
           worse
           ,
           to
           his
           dying
           day
           .
           It
           was
           about
           the
           8th
           .
           hour
           in
           the
           evening
           ,
           when
           the
           Barkentine
           he
           was
           passenger
           in
           ,
           arrived
           at
           this
           place
           :
           Divers
           Friends
           vvent
           on
           bo●rd
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           get
           him
           ashoar
           ,
           but
           he
           being
           in
           a
           very
           vveak
           condition
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           remove
           him
           at
           that
           time
           .
           He
           declared
           
             his
             great
             satisfaction
             ,
             that
             the
             Lord
             had
             granted
             his
             request
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             lay
             down
             his
             bones
             in
             this
             place
             ;
             that
             his
             heart
             was
             strong
             ,
             and
             be
             hoped
             he
             might
             first
             see
             Friends
             again
             at
             the
             Meeting
             .
             He
             made
             mention
             of
             the
             goodness
             of
             God
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             presence
             had
             attended
             him
             in
             all
             his
             exercises
             .
          
        
         
           The
           next
           morning
           being
           the
           2d
           .
           of
           the
           2d
           .
           month
           ,
           divers
           Friends
           went
           on
           board
           ,
           to
           help
           the
           Vessel
           up
           to
           a
           Wharf
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           get
           him
           on
           shoar
           ,
           in
           which
           time
           he
           spake
           as
           before
           related
           ,
           Gods
           Power
           attending
           him
           .
           About
           the
           7th
           .
           hour
           ,
           divers
           Friends
           carried
           him
           in
           a
           Hammocker
           (
           being
           wrapt
           up
           in
           a
           blanket
           and
           cloths
           to
           keep
           him
           warm
           )
           to
           the
           house
           of
           
             Samuel
             Carpenter
          
           .
           where
           he
           declared
           
             the
             goodness
             of
             God
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             heart
             was
             yet
             strong
             ,
             and
             his
             memory
             and
             understanding
             good
             ;
          
           after
           whch
           he
           was
           shifted
           and
           then
           
           slept
           a
           considerable
           time
           .
        
         
           Being
           awaked
           ,
           he
           〈…〉
           very
           comfortable
           and
           previous
           expresions
           ,
           which
           some
           who
           were
           〈◊〉
           afterwards
           committed
           to
           writing
           ,
           what
           they
           could
           〈…〉
           and
           are
           as
           follows
           .
           He
           enquiring
           what
           was
           〈◊〉
           of
           
             George
             Keith's
          
           People
           ?
           Was
           ansvvered
           ;
           That
           they
           were
           strangely
           divided
           ,
           many
           of
           them
           become
           〈◊〉
           and
           the
           honest
           hearted
           amongst
           them
           returned
           to
           Friends
           .
           He
           〈◊〉
           to
           this
           purpose
           ,
           
             They
             〈…〉
             the
             Rock
             they
             had
             rejected
             .
             And
             tha●
             〈…〉
             please
             God
             〈…〉
             
               many
               waies
               ▪
               by
               suffering
               〈◊〉
            
             Neighbouring
             Governments
             ,
             
               to
               tempt
               or
               perswade
               us
               ,
               to
               setup
               or
               establish
               the
            
             National
             ministry
             
               here
               ;
               ye●
               ,
               he
               〈…〉
               it
               ,
               and
               not
               touch
               therewith
               .
               And
            
             〈…〉
             
               also
               much
               endeavour
               ,
               to
               perswade
               〈…〉
               establishing
               and
               maintaining
               a
            
             Militia
             
               amongst
               〈◊〉
               which
               he
               also
               desired
               us
               not
               to
               touch
               with
               ,
               and
               that
               if
               we
               kept
               faithfull
               to
               the
               Lord
               ,
               He
               would
               desend
               and
               preserve
               us
               ,
               and
               that
               we
               needed
               no
               such
               means
               of
               preservation
               ,
               for
            
             if
             our
             waies
             did
             please
             the
             Lord
             ,
             he
             would
             make
             our
             Enemies
             to
             be
             at
             peace
             with
             us
             .
             And
             he
             further
             said
             
               That
               Prophe●●
               was
               fulfilled
               ,
               and
               a
               Remnant
               were
               wilnesses
               of
               it
               ,
            
             That
             Swords
             should
             he
             beat
             into
             Plonghshares
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             into
             Pruning-hooks
             ;
             
               and
               that
            
             those
             who
             make
             use
             of
             the
             Sword
             ,
             should
             perish
             with
             the
             Sword.
             
          
        
         
           Speaking
           concerning
           some
           Friends
           of
           the
           Ministry
           in
           
             Old
             England
          
           ,
           he
           said
           :
           
             Many
             Friends
             about
             us
             that
             were
             rich
             men
             ,
             and
             had
             publick
             testimonies
             ,
             were
             much
             〈◊〉
             with
             their
             Wordly
             concerns
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             great
             hindrance
             to
             their
             publick
             service
             ,
             and
             I
             would
             be
             often
             speaking
             to
             them
             about
             it
             :
             For
             
               (
               said
               he
            
             )
             I
             found
             it
             to
             be
             hindrance
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             so
             I
             gave
             it
             all
             up
             into
             my
             Son's
             hands
             ,
             be
             allowing
             me
             and
             my
             Wife
             so
             much
             a
             year
             ,
             and
             then
             I
             was
             at
             liberty
             ,
             and
             had
             the
             World
             under
             my
             ●eet
             ;
             Which
             I
             would
             of
             ●●he
             telling
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             He
             often
             said
          
           ,
           
             That
             this
             place
             〈◊〉
             Gods
             Plantation
             ,
             That
             in
             Jamaica
             and
             Carolina
             there
             were
             〈◊〉
             few
             〈◊〉
             ,
             
             but
             that
             this
             place
             had
             a
             great
             Fame
             abroad
             ,
             wherever
             he
             had
             been
             ,
             for
             an
             honest
             ,
             laborious
             and
             good
             people
             .
          
           
             Whereupon
             he
             exhorted
             us
             many
             times
          
           
             To
             keep
             up
             our
             fame
             ,
          
           
             and
             told
             us
             the
             means
             how
          
           
             By
             being
             f●●●●full
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             keeping
             in
             love
             one
             which
             another●
             and
             by
             forgiving
             our
             ●respasses
             one
             against
             another
             :
          
           
             Often
             exhorting
             us
             to
             love
             one
             another
             ,
             mentioning
             that
             expression
             of
             our
             Saviour
          
           
             By
             this
             shall
             all
             men
             know
             that
             ye
             are
             my
             disciples
             ,
          
           if
           ye
           love
           one
           another
           .
           
             He
             likewise
             pressed
             us
          
           
             To
             meet
             often
             together
             ;
          
           
             using
             this
             Schripture
             as
             a
             motive
             thereto
             ,
          
           
             For
             they
             that
             feared
             the
             Lord
             Met
             often
             together
             ,
             and
             spake
             often
             one
             unto
             another
             ,
             and
             a
             book
             of
             remembrance
             was
             written
             .
          
           
             He
             further
             said
          
           ,
           
             The
             Lord
             had
             given
             him
             the
             desire
             of
             his
             heart
             in
             coming
             hither
             ,
             and
             that
             ,
             if
             he
             dyed
             here
             ,
             he
             was
             very
             well
             satisfied
             ,
             and
             he
             believed
             his
             Wife
             would
             also
             be
             well
             satisfied
             ;
             and
             that
             as
             the
             Lord
             had
             given
             her
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             him
             to
             her
             ,
             so
             they
             had
             given
             one
             another
             up
             ;
             and
             that
             when
             he
             came
             from
             her
             ,
             it
             was
             as
             if
             he
             was
             going
             to
             his
             grave
             ;
             That
             neither
             Gold
             nor
             Silver
             ,
             Riches
             nor
             ●●mour
             ,
             should
             have
             parted
             them
             ,
             but
             that
             he
             did
             it
             only
             in
             obedience
             to
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             to
             keep
             his
             peace
             with
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             He
             said
          
           ,
           
             that
             had
             been
             convinced
             about
             4.
             5.
             years
             ;
             &
             had
             born
             a
             faithfull
             testimony
             against
             the
             
               hireling
               Priests
            
             ,
             &
             had
             been
             in
             Prison
             seven
             times
             for
             his
             testimony
             ,
             &
             the
             Lord
             had
             alwaies
             been
             his
             
               Preserver
               &
               Deliverer
            
             ,
             by
             waies
             that
             he
             thought
             not
             of
             ;
             And
             so
             Friends
             (
             
               said
               he
            
             )
             will
             He
             be
             to
             you
             ,
             if
             you
             be
             faithfull
             to
             him
             ;
             And
             that
             several
             who
             had
             been
             committed
             Prisoners
             with
             him
             ,
             had
             used
             indirect
             means
             to
             get
             at
             liberty
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             alwaies
             my
             resolution
             (
             
               said
               he
            
             )
             not
             to
             
               bow
               a
               knee
               to
               Baal
            
             ;
             &
             yet
             the
             Lord
             wrought
             my
             Deliverance
             .
          
           
             And
             further
             he
             said
             severall
             times
             ,
          
           
             That
             in
             his
             late
             Afflictions
             ,
             he
             had
             seen
             more
             of
             the
             wonders
             &
             dealings
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             than
             ever
             he
             had
             seen
             before
             ,
             or
             ever
             should
             have
             seen
             ,
             if
             he
             had
             not
             gone
             through
             them
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             felt
             the
             Lord
             with
             him
             ,
             which
             did
             out
             ballance
             all
             .
          
        
         
           Speaking
           of
           his
           patient
           bearing
           his
           sufferings
           ,
           and
           how
           he
           was
           supported
           by
           the
           Lords
           power
           under
           all
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           
           inquiry
           of
           the
           Lord
           about
           it
           ,
           the
           Lords
           answer
           was
           :
           LET
           PATIENCE
           HAVE
           ITS
           PERFECT
           WORK
           .
           Speaking
           how
           sick
           he
           was
           at
           Jamaica
           for
           about
           twenty
           weeks
           ,
           
             yet
             
               (
               said
               he
            
             )
             I
             mist
             but
             one
             meeting
             .
          
           He
           also
           said
           
             
               That
               he
               desired
               of
               the
               Lord
               ,
               that
               he
               might
               not
               dye
               by
               the
               hands
               of
               those
            
             Barbarians
             ;
             For
             
               (
               said
               he
            
             )
             They
             thirsted
             ,
             or
             longed
             as
             much
             after
             our
             flesh
             ,
             as
             ever
             we
             did
             after
             Victualls
             .
          
        
         
           
             On
             the
          
           3
           
             d.
             day
             of
             the
          
           2
           
             d.
             month
             ,
             some
             Friends
             coming
             into
             the
             room
             to
             visit
             him
             at
             the
             sight
             of
             them
             he
             seemed
             to
             rejoice
             ,
             and
             putting
             forth
             his
             hand
             ,
             was
             ready
             to
             embrace
             them
             in
             much
             love
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             very
             tender
             frame
             of
             spirit
             .
             The
             Friends
             expressed
             their
             gladness
             to
             see
             him
             ,
             but
             said
             ,
          
           They
           were
           sorry
           to
           see
           him
           so
           very
           weak
           ;
           
             to
             which
             he
             replied
          
           ,
           
             Although
             my
             body
             be
             weak
             ,
             my
             mind
             is
             sound
             ,
             and
             memory
             good
             :
          
           
             And
             further
             said
          
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             been
             very
             good
             to
             me
             ,
             all
             along
             unto
             this
             very
             day
             ,
             and
             this
             morning
             hath
             sweetly
             refres●ed
             me
             .
          
           
             And
             further
             added
          
           ,
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             answered
             my
             desire
             ;
             for
             I
             desired
             content
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             might
             come
             to
             this
             place
             ,
             to
             ●ay
             my
             bones
             amongst
             you
             .
          
           
             And
             afterwards
             said
          
           ,
           
             It
             is
             a
             good
             thing
             ,
             to
             have
             a
             conscience
             void
             of
             offence
             ,
             both
             towards
             God
             ,
             and
             towards
             man.
             
          
        
         
           On
           the
           4th
           .
           day
           of
           the
           2d
           .
           month
           ,
           being
           the
           1st
           .
           day
           of
           the
           week
           ,
           about
           the
           5th
           .
           hour
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           he
           desired
           a
           Friend
           to
           write
           for
           him
           to
           his
           dear
           Wife
           ,
           
             
               To
               remember
               his
               dear
               love
               to
               her
               ,
               and
               to
               let
               her
               know
               of
               his
               travels
               ,
            
             &
             
               being
               here
            
             ,
             &
             
               that
               the
               Lord
               was
               with
               him
               ;
               That
               his
               outward
               affairs
               were
               seiled
               ,
            
             &
             
               that
               She
            
             had
             
               wherewith
               all
               to
               live
               on
            
             .
          
           He
           further
           said
           ,
           divers
           Friends
           being
           present
           ,
           
             That
             the
             Lord
             was
             with
             him
             ,
             &
             all
             things
             were
             Well
             ,
             &
             that
             he
             had
             nothiug
             to
             do
             ,
             but
             to
             Dye
             .
          
           And
           accordingly
           on
           this
           day
           he
           departed
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           3d.
           day
           following
           ,
           being
           the
           6th
           .
           day
           of
           the
           2d
           .
           month
           ,
           was
           buried
           in
           Friends
           burying
           ground
           ,
           in
           this
           Town
           of
           Philadelphia
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           having
           brought
           my
           relation
           concerning
           this
           good
           man
           ,
           to
           the
           last
           Period
           of
           his
           life
           ,
           I
           might
           very
           well
           here
           put
           a
           period
           to
           my
           Preface
           ;
           but
           that
           I
           foresee
           ,
           some
           persons
           may
           be
           ready
           to
           say
           :
           
             Here
             is
             an
             account
             of
             very
             strange
             
             passages
             ,
             but
             of
             what
             credit
             is
             the
             Relator
             ?
             May
             We
             depend
             upon
             his
             Authority
             ,
             without
             danger
             of
             being
             imposed
             upon
             ?
          
           To
           ●uch
           I
           answer
           .
           He
           is
           a
           man
           well
           known
           in
           this
           Town
           ,
           of
           good
           credit
           and
           repute
           ,
           on
           whose
           fidelity
           and
           veracity
           ,
           those
           who
           have
           any
           knowledge
           of
           him
           ,
           will
           readily
           relie
           ,
           without
           suspecting
           fallacy
           .
           But
           ,
           that
           
             in
             the
             mouth
             of
             two
             or
             three
             Witness●s
             every
             thing
             may
             be
             established
          
           ;
           besides
           him
           &
           his
           Wife
           ,
           a
           person
           whose
           residence
           (
           when
           at
           home
           )
           is
           in
           this
           Town
           ,
           viz
           
             Joseph
             Kirle
          
           ,
           the
           Master
           of
           the
           Barkenti●e
           in
           which
           they
           suffered
           shipwrack
           ,
           a
           man
           of
           an
           honest
           character
           amongst
           his
           Neighbours
           ,
           had
           the
           perusall
           of
           it
           ,
           before
           it
           went
           to
           the
           press
           ,
           and
           approved
           it
           .
           With
           which
           I
           shall
           conclude
           ;
           wishing
           my
           Reader
           much
           satisfaction
           in
           the
           reading
           of
           it
           :
           But
           never
           the
           unhappiness
           ,
           of
           experiencing
           in
           proper
           person
           ,
           the
           truth
           of
           it
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           Journal
           of
           the
           Travels
           of
           severall
           Persons
           ,
           with
           their
           sufferings
           ,
           being
           cast
           away
           in
           the
           Gulph
           (
           amongst
           the
           Cannabals
           )
           of
           Florida
           .
           &c.
           
        
         
           
             Persons
             Names
             viz.
             
          
           
             
               
                 Mariners
              
               
                 
                   Joseph
                   Kirle
                
                 Commander
                 of
                 the
                 Barkentine
                 ,
                 Reformation
                 .
              
               
                 Richard
                 Limpeney
                 Mate
                 .
              
               
                 Solomon
                 Cresson
                 .
              
               
                 Joseph
                 Buckley
                 .
              
               
                 Thomas
                 Fownes
                 .
              
               
                 Thomas
                 Jemmet
                 .
              
               
                 Nathaniel
                 Randall
                 .
              
               
                 
                   John
                   Hilliard
                
                 the
                 Masters
                 Boy
                 .
              
               
                 Ben.
                 the
                 Masters
                 Negro
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 Passengers
                 .
              
               
                 Robert
                 Barrow
                 .
              
               
                 Jonatha●
                 Dickinson
                 .
              
               
                 Mary
                 Dickinson
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Jonathan
                   Dickinson
                
                 a
                 sucking
                 Child
              
               
                 six
                 months
                 old
                 .
              
               
                 Benjamin
                 Allen.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Belonging
                   to
                
                 Jonathan
                 Dickinson
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Negroe-Men
                     .
                  
                   
                     Peter
                     .
                  
                   
                     London
                     .
                  
                   
                     Jack
                     .
                  
                   
                     Cesar
                     .
                  
                   
                     Cajoe
                     a
                     Child
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     Negro
                     Women
                  
                   
                     Hagar
                     .
                  
                   
                     Sarah
                     .
                  
                   
                     Bella.
                     
                  
                   
                     Susana
                     .
                  
                   
                     Quensa
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     Venus
                     an
                     Indian
                     Girle
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
         
           The
           twenty-third
           day
           of
           the
           sixth-month
           ,
           called
           August
           1696.
           
           Being
           in
           Company
           w●●h
           twelve
           or
           thirteen
           Sail
           of
           Merchant-men
           ●●●derth
           C●●voy
           of
           the
           Hampshire
           Frigot
           Captain
           〈◊〉
           Commander
           Sailed
           from
           Port-Royall
           in
           Jamaica
           ,
           we
           being
           bound
           for
           Pensilvania
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             24
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             2
          
           This
           day
           about
           Noon
           came
           a
           Sloop
           from
           Port-Royall
           ,
           meeting
           us
           off
           Portland
           ;
           gave
           in
           Account
           of
           the
           French-Fleet's
           being
           at
           Cape-Antonio
           .
        
         
           This
           Evening
           we
           lay
           by
           off
           
             Black
             Rivers
          
           mouth
           in
           order
           to
           go
           the
           nex●
           morning
           〈◊〉
           Bl●●field
           ,
           out
           i●
           being
           calm
           ●or
           many
           Days
           ,
           〈◊〉
           ,
           the
           Current
           drove
           ●o
           westward
           of
           the
           Island
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             31
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             2
          
           Mo.
           7.
           
           This
           evening
           we
           lost
           sight
           of
           the
           Hamps●●re-Frigo●t
           land
           then
           beat
           to
           windward
           again
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             1
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             3
          
           This
           evening
           we
           anchored
           to
           Westward
           of
           
             Sav●na
             La
             Mar
          
           ,
           &
           lost
           our
           Anchor
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             2
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             4
          
           This
           day
           we
           got
           in
           Blewfield
           Road
           to
           water
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             4
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             6
          
           This
           morning
           we
           Sa●●●●rom
           
           Blewfields
           ●●tending
           our
           passage
           thro●gh
           the
           G●lph
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             14
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             2
          
           This
           ●ay
           abou●
           noon
           were
           a
           brea●t
           with
           
             Cape
             Antonio
          
           〈◊〉
           and
           about
           a
           League
           to
           the
           Lastwa●●s
           〈◊〉
           Cape
           .
           was
           a
           ●ire
           making
           a
           great
           〈…〉
           appeared
           on
           the
           Bay
           ,
           making
           〈…〉
           put
           on
           〈◊〉
           ;
           but
           having
           a
           〈◊〉
           Gale
           and
           no●
           kno●ing
           who
           they
           were
           ,
           ou●
           Master
           would
           not
           .
        
         
           This
           day
           made
           the
           Table
           ●nd
           of
           the
           〈◊〉
           and
           his
           evening
           stood
           over
           〈…〉
           Mile
           from
           us
           ▪
           〈…〉
           
           we
           were
           got
           amongst
           the
           French-Fleet
           tacked
           〈…〉
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             13
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             6
          
           This
           Morning
           no
           ●ail
           appeared
           and
           being
           most
           of
           the
           day
           〈◊〉
           we
           layabo●●
           f●ur
           ●eag●es
           〈…〉
           d●signed
           for
           that
           Por●to
           enquir●
           of
           the
           〈…〉
           :
           this
           afternoon
           came
           a
           Turnado
           from
           the
           Land
           ;
           a●d
           our
           Master
           being
           on
           the
           〈◊〉
           ●eck
           our
           ●oom
           gibing
           knocked
           him
           down
           and
           broke
           his
           Legg
           :
           which
           Accident
           was
           grievous
           to
           him
           and
           us
           ;
           but
           I
           having
           things
           suitable
           ,
           with
           a
           little
           Experience
           se●
           it
           .
           At
           this
           time
           ●ad
           I
           Four
           of
           my
           Family
           very
           Sick
           o●e
           whereof
           was
           an
           Indian
           Girl
           being
           j●st
           as
           I
           had
           bound
           up
           the
           Master's
           legg
           taken
           with
           Fitts
           which
           continued
           some
           hours
           and
           then
           she
           dy'd
           .
           This
           Evening
           we
           stood
           over
           for
           
             Cape
             Florida
          
           ,
           having
           the
           wind
           North-Easterly
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             19
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             7
          
           This
           Morning
           the
           wind
           not
           being
           fair
           ▪
           we
           stood
           up
           for
           Cuba
           ,
           and
           about
           Sun-rising
           we
           espyed
           the
           two
           sail
           that
           we
           saw
           before
           th●y
           standing
           as
           we
           stood
           :
           Therefore
           we
           supposed
           them
           to
           be
           some
           of
           our
           company
           ;
           we
           wronged
           them
           in
           sailing
           ,
           and
           by
           noon
           lost
           sight
           of
           them
           .
           About
           Four
           this
           After-noon
           we
           espyed
           a
           Ship
           to
           the
           Eastward
           of
           us
           (
           we
           being
           about
           four
           Leagues
           off
           shoar
           ▪
           and
           about
           Fifteen
           leagues
           to
           Eastward
           of
           the
           Havana
           )
           supposing
           her
           to
           be
           a
           French-Man
           therefore
           stood
           in
           for
           the
           shoar
           ,
           〈…〉
           gained
           on
           us
           :
           when
           a
           Turnado
           sprang
           up
           and
           a
           great
           shower
           of
           Rain
           followed
           wich
           〈…〉
           ;
           ●ereupon
           we
           racked
           and
           stood
           over
           〈…〉
           .
           Night
           came
           on
           that
           we
           saw
           no
           〈…〉
           that
           ●ail
           ,
           having
           the
           wind
           fair
           .
        
         
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             20
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             1
          
           This
           Morning
           were
           in
           the
           Gulph
           ,
           having
           a
           fair
           wind
           ,
           and
           seeing
           the
           two
           ships
           following
           us
           ,
           we
           believed
           them
           to
           be
           of
           our
           Company
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             21
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             2
          
           This
           morning
           the
           wind
           at
           Last
           and
           shi●●ing
           Northerly
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             22
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             3
          
           This
           day
           the
           storm
           began
           at
           N.
           E.
           
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             23
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             4
          
           About
           One
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           felt
           our
           Vessel
           strike
           some
           few
           stroaks
           ,
           and
           then
           she
           Floated
           again
           for
           five
           or
           Six
           minu●●s
           before
           she
           ran
           fast
           a
           ground
           ,
           where
           she
           beat
           violently
           at
           first
           :
           the
           wind
           was
           violent
           ▪
           and
           it
           was
           very
           dark
           that
           our
           Mariners
           could
           see
           no
           land
           ;
           the
           Seas
           broke
           over
           us
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           in
           a
           quarter
           of
           an
           hour
           Floating
           in
           ●he
           Cabin
           :
           we
           endeavoured
           to
           get
           a
           Candle
           lighted
           ,
           which
           in
           a
           little
           time
           was
           accomplished
           :
           by
           this
           time
           we
           felt
           the
           Vessell
           not
           to
           strike
           so
           often
           ,
           but
           severall
           of
           her
           timbers
           were
           broken
           ,
           and
           some
           pla●k
           star●ed
           ;
           the
           seas
           continued
           breaking
           over
           us
           ,
           and
           no
           Land
           to
           be
           seen
           ;
           We
           concluded
           to
           keep
           in
           the
           Vessel
           as
           long
           as
           she
           would
           hold
           together
           .
           About
           the
           Third
           hour
           this
           morning
           we
           supposed
           we
           saw
           the
           Land
           at
           some
           considerable
           distance
           ,
           and
           at
           this
           time
           we
           found
           the
           water
           began
           to
           run
           out
           of
           the
           Vessel
           :
           And
           at
           Day-light
           we
           perceived
           we
           were
           upon
           the
           shoar
           ,
           on
           a
           beach
           lying
           in
           the
           breach
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           wich
           at
           times
           ,
           as
           the
           surgis
           of
           the
           Sea
           reversed
           ,
           was
           dry
           .
           In
           taking
           a
           vie
           ●
           of
           our
           Vessell
           we
           found
           that
           the
           violence
           of
           the
           weather
           had
           forced
           many
           sorts
           of
           the
           Sea-Birds
           on
           board
           of
           our
           Vessel
           some
           of
           wich
           were
           by
           force
           of
           the
           wind
           blown
           into
           and
           under
           our
           Hen-Cubbs
           and
           many
           remained
           a
           live
           .
           Our
           Hogs
           and
           ●heep
           were
           washed
           away
           a●d
           swam
           on
           shoar
           exept
           one
           of
           the
           Hoggs
           wich
           remained
           in
           the
           Vessel
           .
           We
           rejoyced
           at
           this
           our
           preservation
           from
           the
           raging
           Seas
           ;
           but
           at
           the
           same
           Instant
           
           feared
           the
           sad
           Consequences
           that
           follow●d
           :
           yet
           having
           hopes
           ●ill
           we
           go●●
           our
           sick
           and
           Lame
           on
           shoar
           ,
           also
           our
           Provisions
           ,
           with
           spar●s
           and
           Sails
           to
           make
           a
           〈◊〉
           .
           I
           went
           with
           one
           Negroe
           to
           view
           the
           Land
           and
           seek
           the
           most
           convenient
           place
           for
           that
           purpose
           ;
           But
           the
           Wilderness
           Countrey
           looked
           very
           dismall
           ,
           having
           no
           Trees
           but
           only
           Sand
           ,
           hills
           covered
           with
           shrubby
           Palme●o
           ,
           the
           stalks
           of
           which
           were
           prickly
           that
           there
           was
           no
           walking
           amongst
           them
           ;
           I
           espyed
           a
           place
           almost
           a
           Furlong
           within
           that
           Beach
           being
           a
           Bottom
           ;
           to
           this
           place
           I
           with
           my
           Negro
           soon
           cutt
           a
           Passage
           ,
           the
           storm
           and
           Rain
           continuing
           :
           Thither
           I
           got
           my
           Wife
           and
           Sick
           Child
           being
           six
           months
           and
           twelve
           days
           old
           ▪
           also
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           an
           aged
           man
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           sick
           about
           five
           or
           six
           months
           Our
           Master
           who
           some
           days
           past
           broke
           his
           legg
           ,
           and
           my
           kinsman
           
             Ben●amin
             Allen
          
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           very
           ill
           with
           a
           violent
           Fever
           most
           part
           of
           the
           Voyage
           :
           these
           with
           others
           we
           gott
           to
           the
           place
           under
           the
           shelter
           of
           some
           few
           Bushes
           which
           broke
           some
           of
           the
           wind
           but
           kept
           none
           of
           the
           Rain
           from
           them
           ;
           I
           got
           a
           Fire
           made
           :
           the
           most
           of
           our
           people
           were
           getting
           ●rovisions
           a
           shoar
           ;
           our
           Chests
           ,
           Trunks
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           Clothing
           were
           all
           very
           wett
           and
           cold
           .
        
         
           About
           the
           Eight
           or
           Ninth
           hour
           came
           two
           Indian
           -
           Men
           (
           being
           naked
           except
           a
           small
           piece
           of
           platted
           work
           of
           straws
           wich
           just
           hid
           their
           private
           parts
           and
           fastened
           behind
           with
           a
           Horse-Tai●●
           in
           likeness
           made
           of
           a
           sort
           of
           Silk-grass
           )
           from
           the
           Southward
           ▪
           running
           fiercely
           and
           foaming
           at
           the
           mouth
           having
           no
           ●eapons
           except
           their
           knives
           :
           and
           forthwith
           not
           making
           any
           stop
           ;
           violently
           seized
           the
           two
           first
           of
           our
           Men
           they
           met
           with
           who
           were
           carrying
           Corn
           from
           the
           Vessel
           to
           the
           Top
           of
           the
           Bank
           where
           I
           stood
           to
           receive
           it
           and
           put
           it
           into
           a
           Cas●●
           :
           they
           ●sed
           no
           violence
           for
           the
           men
           resisted
           not
           ,
           
           but
           taking
           them
           under
           the
           Arm
           brought
           them
           towards
           me
           .
           〈…〉
           was
           very
           ●urious
           and
           bloody
           .
           They
           〈◊〉
           their
           ●air
           ●yed
           in
           a
           Ro●e
           〈◊〉
           in
           which
           st●ck
           two
           bones
           shaped
           one
           like
           a
           broad
           Arrow
           ;
           the
           other
           a
           spear
           head
           .
           The
           rest
           of
           our
           men
           followed
           from
           the
           Vess●●
           ;
           〈◊〉
           what
           they
           should
           do
           ,
           whether
           they
           should
           get
           their
           Guns
           to
           kill
           these
           two
           ;
           bu●
           I
           perswaded
           them
           other
           wise
           ,
           desiring
           them
           to
           be
           quiet
           ,
           sh●wing
           their
           inability
           to
           defend
           us
           from
           what
           would
           follow
           ;
           but
           to
           put
           our
           trusts
           in
           the
           Lord
           who
           was
           able
           to
           defend
           to
           the
           uttermost
           .
           I
           walkt
           towards
           the
           place
           where
           our
           Sick
           and
           Lame
           were
           ,
           the
           two
           Indian
           men
           following
           me
           ,
           I
           told
           them
           the
           Indians
           were
           come
           a●d
           coming
           upon
           us
           .
           A●d
           whilst
           these
           two
           (
           letting
           the
           men
           loose
           )
           stood
           with
           a
           Wild
           Furious
           Countenance
           ,
           sooking
           upon
           us
           I
           bethought
           my self
           to
           give
           them
           some
           Tobacco
           and
           Pipes
           ,
           which
           they
           greedily
           snatcht
           from
           me
           ,
           and
           making
           a
           Snuffing
           noise
           like
           a
           Wild-Beast
           ,
           turned
           their
           Backs
           upon
           us
           and
           run
           away
           .
        
         
           We
           Communed
           together
           and
           considered
           our
           condition
           being
           amougst
           a
           Barbarous
           people
           ,
           such
           as
           were
           general●y
           accounted
           Man-Eaters
           ,
           believing
           〈…〉
           were
           gone
           to
           Alarum
           their
           People
           .
           We
           satt
           our
           selves
           down
           ,
           expecting
           Cruelty
           and
           hard
           death
           excep●●●
           shoul●
           please
           the
           Almighty
           God
           to
           work
           Wonderfully
           for
           our
           Deliverance
           .
           In
           this
           deep
           Concernment
           some
           of
           us
           were
           not
           left
           without
           hopes
           ;
           blessed
           be
           the
           Name
           of
           the
           Lord
           in
           Whom
           We
           trusted
           .
        
         
           As
           We
           were
           under
           a
           deep
           Exercise
           and
           concernment
           ,
           a
           motion
           arose
           from
           one
           of
           us
           that
           if
           we
           should
           put
           ourselves
           under
           the
           Denomination
           of
           Spaniards
           (
           it
           being
           known
           that
           that
           Nation
           had
           some
           Influence
           on
           them
           )
           and
           one
           of
           us
           named
           
             Solomon
             Cr●s●on
          
           ,
           speaking
           the
           Spanish
           Language
           well
           ,
           it
           was
           hop't
           this
           might
           be
           a
           means
           
           for
           our
           delivery
           :
           To
           which
           the
           most
           of
           the
           Company
           assen●ed
           .
        
         
           Within
           two
           or
           three
           hours
           after
           the
           departure
           of
           the
           two
           〈◊〉
           ,
           some
           of
           our
           people
           being
           near
           the
           Beach
           o●
           〈◊〉
           returned
           and
           said
           ,
           the
           Indians
           were
           coming
           in
           a
           very
           great
           number
           ,
           all
           running
           and
           shouting
           :
           About
           this
           time
           the
           Storm
           was
           much
           abated
           ,
           the
           ●ain
           ceased
           ▪
           and
           the
           Sun
           appeared
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           ●id
           from
           us
           many
           days
           .
           The
           Indians
           went
           all
           to
           the
           Vessel
           taking
           forth
           whatever
           they
           could
           lay
           hold
           on
           ,
           except
           Rum
           ,
           Sugar
           ,
           Molassoes
           ,
           Beef
           and
           Pork
           .
        
         
           But
           their
           〈◊〉
           (
           for
           so
           they
           call
           their
           King
           )
           with
           about
           thirty
           more
           came
           down
           to
           us
           in
           a
           Furious
           manner
           ,
           having
           a
           dismall
           Aspect
           and
           foaming
           at
           the
           month
           :
           Their
           Weapons
           were
           large
           Spanish
           Knives
           ,
           except
           their
           〈◊〉
           who
           had
           a
           bagganett
           that
           belong'd
           to
           the
           Master
           of
           our
           Vessel
           :
           They
           rushed
           in
           upon
           us
           and
           cryed
           ,
           
             Nickaleez
             ,
             Nickalee●
          
           ;
           We
           und●rstood
           them
           not
           at
           first
           :
           they
           repeating
           it
           over
           unto
           us
           of●en
           ;
           At
           last
           they
           cryed
           ,
           Epainia
           or
           Spaniard
           :
           by
           which
           we
           understood
           them
           that
           at
           first
           they
           mean●
           English
           ;
           but
           they
           were
           answered
           to
           the
           latter
           in
           Spani●●
           yea
           ●owich
           they
           replyed
           ,
           No
           Spainia
           No
           ,
           but
           all
           cryed
           o●●
           ,
           
             Nickaleez
             ,
             Nickaleez
             ▪
          
           We
           fitting
           on
           our
           Chests
           ,
           boxes
           and
           Trunks
           ,
           and
           some
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           the
           Indians
           surrounded
           us
           .
           We
           stirred
           ●or
           moved
           no●
           ;
           but
           sa●●
           all
           or
           most
           of
           us
           very
           calm
           and
           still
           ,
           some
           of
           us
           in
           a
           good
           frame
           or
           spirit
           ,
           being
           freely
           given
           up
           to
           the
           Wi●●
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           Whilst
           we
           were
           thus
           fitting
           ,
           as
           a
           People
           almost
           unconcerned
           these
           bloody
           minded
           Creatures
           placed
           themselves
           ●ach
           behind
           one
           kicking
           and
           ●hrowing
           away
           〈◊〉
           ●ushes
           〈◊〉
           vvere
           nigh
           〈…〉
           had
           placed
           himself
           behind
           me
           ,
           standing
           
           o●
           the
           Chest
           vvhich
           I
           satt
           upon
           ,
           they
           all
           having
           their
           Arms
           extended
           vvith
           their
           knives
           in
           their
           hands
           ,
           ready
           to
           execute
           their
           bloody
           design
           ,
           some
           taking
           hold
           of
           some
           of
           us
           by
           the
           heads
           vvith
           their
           Knees
           sett
           against
           onr
           shoulders
           .
           In
           this
           Posture
           they
           seem'd
           to
           wait
           for
           the
           Casseekey
           to
           begin
           .
           They
           were
           high
           i●
           words
           wich
           we
           understood
           not
           .
           But
           on
           a
           sudden
           it
           pleased
           the
           Lord
           to
           Work
           Wonderfully
           for
           our
           preservation
           ,
           and
           instantly
           all
           these
           savage
           men
           were
           struck
           dumb
           ,
           and
           like
           men
           amazed
           the
           space
           of
           a
           Quarter
           of
           an
           Hour
           ,
           in
           which
           time
           their
           countenances
           Fell
           ,
           and
           they
           looked
           like
           another
           People
           .
           They
           quieted
           their
           places
           they
           had
           taken
           behind
           us
           ,
           and
           came
           in
           amongst
           us
           req●iring
           to
           have
           all
           our
           Chests
           ,
           Trunks
           &
           Boxes
           unlockt
           ;
           which
           being
           done
           ,
           they
           divided
           all
           that
           was
           in
           them
           .
           Our
           Mony
           the
           
           Casseekey
           ●ook
           unto
           himself
           ,
           privately
           hiding
           in
           the
           Bushes
           .
           Then
           they
           went
           to
           pulling
           of
           our
           Clothes
           ,
           leaving
           each
           of
           us
           only
           a
           pair
           of
           breeches
           ,
           or
           a
           ●old
           Coat
           ,
           except
           my
           Wife
           &
           Child
           ,
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           &
           our
           Master
           ,
           from
           Whom
           they
           took
           but
           little
           this
           day
           .
        
         
           Having
           thus
           done
           ,
           they
           asked
           us
           again
           .
           
             Nicka
             leez
             ,
             Nickaleez
          
           ?
           But
           We
           answered
           by
           saying
           P●nsilvania
           .
        
         
           We
           began
           to
           enquire
           after
           
             St.
             Augu●●een
          
           ,
           also
           would
           talk
           of
           
             St.
             a
             Lucea
          
           ,
           which
           was
           a
           Town
           that
           lay
           about
           a
           Degree
           to
           the
           Nor●hward
           :
           Bnt
           they
           cunningly
           would
           seem
           to
           perswade
           us
           ,
           that
           they
           both
           lay
           to
           the
           Southward
           .
           We
           signify'd
           to
           them
           that
           they
           lay
           to
           the
           North●ard
           .
           And
           we
           would
           talk
           of
           the
           Havana
           that
           lay
           to
           the
           Southward
           These
           places
           they
           had
           heard
           of
           &
           knew
           which
           way
           th●y
           lay
           .
        
         
           At
           length
           the
           Casseekey
           ,
           told
           us
           ,
           how
           long
           it
           was
           to
           〈◊〉
           Lucea
           by
           Days
           travel
           ;
           but
           cared
           not
           to
           hear●
           as
           mention
           
             St.
             Augusteen
          
           They
           would
           signify
           
           by
           Signs
           ,
           We
           should
           go
           to
           the
           Southward
           .
           We
           answered
           That
           we
           must
           go●o
           the
           Nothward
           For
           Augusteen
           .
           When
           they
           found
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           otherwise
           perswade
           us
           ,
           th●y
           signify'd
           that
           we
           should
           go
           to
           the
           Southward
           for
           the
           Havana
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           was
           but
           a
           little
           Way
           .
        
         
           We
           gave
           them
           to
           understand
           that
           We
           came
           that
           way
           and
           were
           for
           the
           Northward
           ;
           All
           which
           took
           place
           with
           them
           .
           We
           perceived
           ●hat
           the
           Casseekey's
           heart
           was
           tendered
           towards
           us
           ;
           for
           He
           kept
           mostly
           with
           us
           &
           would
           the
           remaining
           part
           of
           this
           day
           keep
           off
           the
           Petty-Robbers
           ,
           which
           would
           have
           had
           our
           few
           Raggs
           from
           us
           .
           Sometime
           before
           Night
           we
           had
           a
           shower
           of
           Rain
           ,
           where
           upon
           the
           Casseekey
           made
           signs
           for
           us
           to
           build
           some
           shelter
           ;
           upon
           which
           we
           got
           our
           Tent
           up
           and
           some
           Leaves
           to
           lie
           upon
           .
        
         
           About
           this
           time
           our
           Vessell
           lay
           dry
           on
           shoar
           &
           th●
           Indians
           gathered
           them selves
           together
           Men
           and
           Women
           ,
           some
           Hundreds
           in
           numbers
           .
           Having
           gott
           all
           the
           Goods
           out
           of
           the
           Vessel
           and
           covered
           the
           Bay
           for
           a
           large
           distance
           ,
           opened
           all
           the
           stuffs
           and
           Linnens
           and
           spread
           them
           to
           dry
           they
           would
           touch
           no
           sort
           of
           strong
           drink
           Sugar
           ●or
           Mol●ssoes
           ,
           but
           left
           it
           in
           the
           Vessell
           .
           They
           shouted
           and
           made
           great
           noises
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Plun●er
           .
           Nicht
           coming
           on
           ,
           the
           Ca●seekey
           put
           those
           Chests
           and
           Trunks
           which
           he
           had
           reserved
           for
           himself
           into
           our
           Tent
           ;
           which
           pleased
           us
           ,
           and
           gave
           an
           Expectation
           of
           his
           company
           ,
           for
           he
           was
           now
           become
           a
           Defender
           of
           us
           from
           the
           rage
           of
           others
           .
           The
           Ca●seekey
           went
           down
           to
           the
           Waterside
           amongst
           his
           People
           and
           returned
           with
           three
           old
           Co●s
           that
           were
           wett
           and
           turn
           ,
           which
           he
           gave
           us
           ;
           one
           wher
           of
           I
           had
           .
           We
           made
           a
           fire
           at
           each
           end
           of
           our
           〈…〉
           vn
           it
           being
           la●ke
           but
           hearing
           hid●ous
           noises
           and
           fearing
           that
           they
           were
           
           not
           satisfyed
           ,
           we
           expected
           them
           upon
           us
           .
           The
           Chief
           Indian
           (
           or
           Casseekey
           )
           lay
           in
           the
           Ten●
           upon
           his
           Chests
           .
           And
           about
           Mid-night
           we
           heard
           a
           Company
           of
           Indians
           comming
           from
           the
           Vessel
           towards
           us
           ,
           making
           terrible
           shouts
           ,
           and
           coming
           fiercely
           up
           to
           the
           Tent
           ,
           the
           Casseekey
           called
           to
           them
           ;
           which
           caused
           them
           to
           stand
           .
           It
           seemed
           ,
           they
           had
           killed
           a
           ●●gg
           and
           brought
           him
           :
           So
           the
           Casseekey
           askt
           us
           it
           we
           would
           ea●
           the
           Hogg
           ?
           
             Solomon
             Cre●son
          
           ,
           by
           our
           di●re
           ,
           answered
           him
           that
           we
           used
           not
           to
           eat
           at
           that
           time
           of
           the
           Night
           :
           Wereupon
           they
           threw
           the
           Hogg
           down
           before
           the
           Tent
           ,
           and
           the
           Casseekey
           sent
           them
           away
           .
           They
           went
           shouting
           to
           the
           Sea-shoar
           ,
           were
           there
           w●re
           some
           hundreds
           of
           them
           Revelling
           about
           our
           Rack
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             7t
             .
             mo
             .
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             25.
             6.
             
          
           This
           morning
           having
           purposed
           to
           endeavour
           for
           Liberty
           to
           pass
           to
           the
           North-ward
           ,
           Solomon
           opened
           the
           matter
           to
           the
           Casseekey
           ;
           who
           answered
           We
           mu●t
           go
           to
           his
           Town
           to
           the
           South-ward
           .
        
         
           This
           occasioned
           us
           to
           press
           him
           more
           urgently
           to
           let
           us
           go
           ●or
           
             St.
             a.
             Lucea
          
           (
           this
           place
           having
           a
           Spanish
           name
           ,
           supposed
           to
           have
           found
           it
           under
           the
           Government
           of
           that
           Nation
           ,
           whence
           we
           might
           expect
           r●lief
           )
           But
           the
           Casseekey
           told
           ●s
           that
           it
           was
           about
           two
           ●●
           three
           days
           You●●●●ither
           and
           that
           when
           we
           came
           th●re
           ,
           we
           should
           have
           our
           Troats
           and
           scalps
           cutt
           ,
           and
           be
           shott
           ,
           burnt
           and
           Earen
           .
           We
           thought
           〈◊〉
           information
           was
           but
           to
           di●ert
           us
           ;
           so
           that
           we
           were
           mo●●
           earnest
           to
           go
           but
           he
           sternly
           den●y'd
           us
           ,
           saying
           ,
           We
           must
           go
           to
           his
           Town
           .
        
         
           About
           Eight
           a
           Clock
           this
           morning
           the
           Casseekey
           came
           into
           our
           〈◊〉
           and
           sett
           himself
           amongst
           us
           asking
           the
           old
           Question
           .
           
             Nick●l●er
             Nickal●●
          
           directing
           〈…〉
           one
           particular
           of
           ●s
           ,
           who
           in
           simpl●city
           
           answered
           ▪
           ye●
           .
           Which
           caused
           the
           〈◊〉
           to
           ask
           the
           Said
           Person
           ,
           if
           another
           person
           which
           he
           pointed
           to
           ,
           was
           Nickaleer
           ?
           He
           answered
           yes
           .
           Then
           he
           said
           ,
           To●us
           (
           or
           all
           )
           Nickaleer
           ,
           and
           went
           from
           amongst
           us
           .
           Returning
           〈◊〉
           a
           short
           time
           with
           some
           of
           his
           men
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           afresh
           they
           went
           greedely
           to
           Stripping
           my
           Wire
           and
           Child
           ,
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           and
           our
           M●ster
           who
           had
           eschaped
           〈◊〉
           now
           .
           Thus
           were
           we
           left
           almost
           Naked
           ,
           till
           the
           Feud
           was
           something
           abated
           and
           then
           we
           gott
           some
           what
           from
           them
           which
           displeased
           some
           or
           them
           .
           We
           then
           cutt
           our
           Tents
           in
           pieces
           ,
           and
           gott
           the
           most
           of
           our
           Clothing
           out
           of
           it
           :
           Which
           the
           Indians
           perceiving
           ,
           ●ook
           the
           Remain●
           from
           us
           .
           We
           Men
           had
           most
           of
           us
           Breeches
           and
           pieces
           of
           Canvas
           ,
           and
           all
           our
           Company
           Interceeded
           for
           my
           Wife
           that
           all
           was
           not
           taken
           from
           her
           .
           About
           Noon
           the
           Indians
           having
           removed
           all
           their
           Plunder
           off
           the
           Bay
           ,
           and
           many
           of
           them
           gone
           ,
           a
           Guard
           was
           provided
           arm'd
           with
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           ,
           with
           whom
           We
           were
           summoned
           to
           March
           ?
           and
           a
           burthen
           provided
           for
           every
           one
           to
           carry
           that
           was
           any
           ways
           able
           .
           Our
           Master
           with
           his
           broken
           Legg
           was
           helpt
           along
           by
           his
           Negroe
           Ben.
           My
           Wife
           ,
           was
           forced
           to
           carry
           her
           Child
           ,
           they
           not
           suffering
           any
           of
           us
           to
           relieve
           her
           .
           But
           if
           any
           of
           us
           offered
           to
           lay
           down
           our
           burthen
           ,
           We
           vvere
           threatened
           to
           be
           short
           .
           Thus
           vvere
           We
           forced
           along
           the
           Beach
           Bare-footed
           .
        
         
           We
           had
           saved
           one
           of
           the
           
             Masters
             Quadrants
          
           ,
           and
           Sea-mens
           Calender
           ,
           vvith
           tvvo
           other
           Books
           .
           As
           We
           Walked
           along
           the
           Bay
           (
           the
           timē
           suiting
           )
           our
           Mate
           
             Richard
             Limpency
          
           took
           an
           Observation
           ,
           and
           We
           found
           our selves
           to
           be
           in
           the
           Latitude
           of
           tvventy-seven
           Degrees
           and
           Eight
           Minuits
           .
           Some
           of
           the
           Indians
           were
           
           offended
           at
           it
           :
           When
           he
           held
           up
           his
           Quadra●●
           to
           observe
           ;
           One
           would
           draw
           an
           Arrow
           so
           shoote
           him
           ;
           but
           it
           pleased
           God
           hitherto
           to
           prevent
           them
           from
           shedding
           any
           of
           our
           Blood.
           
        
         
           One
           passage
           I
           have
           omitted
           .
           Two
           of
           our
           Mariner's
           named
           
             Thomas
             Fowns
          
           and
           
             Richard
             Limpan●y
          
           went
           for
           t
           this
           morning
           from
           our
           Tent
           down
           to
           the
           Bay
           where
           the
           Indians
           were
           ,
           and
           viewing
           of
           them
           at
           some
           distance
           an
           Indian
           Man
           came
           running
           upon
           them
           ,
           with
           his
           Knife
           in
           his
           hand
           ,
           and
           took
           hold
           of
           
             Thomas
             Fownes
          
           to
           Stab
           him
           ;
           but
           the
           said
           Tomas
           fell
           on
           his
           Knees
           ,
           using
           a
           Spanish
           Ceremony
           ,
           and
           begged
           not
           to
           kill
           him
           ;
           whereupon
           the
           Indian
           desisted
           ,
           and
           bid
           him
           be
           gone
           to
           the
           place
           from
           whence
           he
           came
           .
           The
           said
           Thomas
           at
           him
           return
           acquainted
           us
           how
           narrowly
           he
           had
           escaped
           .
        
         
           After
           We
           had
           traveled
           about
           five
           miles
           along
           the
           deep
           Sand
           ,
           the
           Sunn
           being
           extream
           hott
           ,
           we
           came
           to
           an
           Inlett
           .
           One
           the
           other
           fide
           was
           the
           Indian-Town
           ,
           being
           little
           Wig-wams
           made
           of
           small
           poles
           stuck
           in
           the
           ground
           ,
           wich
           they
           bended
           one
           to
           another
           ,
           making
           :
           an
           Arch
           ,
           and
           covered
           them
           with
           Thatch
           of
           small
           Falmetoe-Leaves
           :
           Heere
           We
           were
           commanded
           to
           sittdown
           ,
           and
           the
           Casseekey
           came
           to
           us
           ,
           who
           with
           his
           hand
           scatched
           a
           hole
           in
           the
           Sand
           about
           a
           foot
           deep
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           Water
           ,
           which
           he
           made
           Signs
           for
           us
           to
           come
           and
           drink
           :
           We
           ,
           being
           extream
           thirsty
           ,
           did
           ;
           but
           the
           Water
           was
           almost
           Salt.
           Whilst
           we
           sat
           here
           .
           We
           saw
           great
           fires
           making
           on
           the
           other
           side
           of
           the
           Inlett
           ,
           which
           some
           of
           us
           thought
           was
           preparing
           for
           us
           .
           After
           an
           hour's
           time
           being
           spent
           here
           at
           lenght
           came
           an
           Indian
           with
           a
           small
           Cannooe
           from
           the
           other
           fide
           ,
           and
           I
           with
           my
           Wife
           and
           Child
           and
           
             Robbert
             Barrow
          
           were
           ordered
           to
           go
           in
           :
           The
           same
           Cannooe
           was
           but
           just
           wide
           
           enough
           f●r
           us
           to
           fitt
           down
           in
           .
           Over
           We
           were
           carried
           ,
           and
           being
           landed
           ,
           the
           Man
           made
           signs
           for
           us
           to
           walk
           to
           the
           Wig-wams
           ;
           which
           we
           did
           ;
           but
           the
           young
           Iudians
           would
           seem
           to
           be
           frighted
           and
           fly
           from
           us
           .
           We
           were
           directed
           to
           a
           Wig-wam
           ,
           which
           afterwards
           we
           understood
           to
           be
           the
           Casseekey's
           :
           It
           was
           about
           Man-high
           to
           the
           topp
           .
           Herein
           was
           the
           Casseekey's
           Wife
           and
           some
           old
           Women
           sitting
           on
           a
           Cabin
           made
           of
           Sticks
           about
           a
           foot
           high
           covered
           with
           a
           matt
           they
           made
           signes
           for
           us
           to
           sitt
           down
           on
           the
           ground
           ;
           which
           we
           did
           the
           Casseekey
           wife
           having
           a
           jo●●g
           child
           sucking
           att
           her
           breast
           gave
           it
           to
           another
           woman
           ,
           &
           would
           have
           my
           child
           ;
           which
           my
           wife
           was
           very
           loath
           to
           suffer
           ;
           but
           the
           would
           not
           be
           deny●d
           ,
           took
           our
           child
           &
           suckled
           it
           at
           her
           Breast
           viewing
           &
           feeling
           it
           from
           top
           to
           toe
           ;
           at
           lengt
           returnid
           it
           to
           my
           wife
           ,
           and
           by
           this
           time
           was
           another
           parcel
           of
           our
           people
           come
           over
           ;
           and
           sitting
           down
           by
           the
           wig-wam
           side
           our
           Indian
           brought
           a
           fish
           boiled
           on
           a
           small
           Palmeto
           leat
           and
           sett
           it
           down
           amongst
           us
           making
           signs
           for
           us
           to
           eat
           :
           but
           our
           exercise
           was
           too
           great
           for
           us
           to
           have
           any
           inclination
           to
           receive
           food
           .
           at
           length
           all
           our
           people
           were
           brought
           over
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           came
           the
           Casseekey
           .
           As
           soon
           as
           he
           came
           to
           his
           wig-wam
           he
           sett
           himself
           to
           work
           gott
           some
           stakes
           and
           stuck
           them
           in
           a
           Roce
           joyning
           to
           his
           wig-wam
           and
           tyed
           some
           sticks
           whereon
           were
           these
           small
           Palmetoes
           tyed
           and
           fastened
           them
           to
           the
           stak●s
           about
           three
           foot
           high
           ;
           and
           layed
           two
           or
           three
           Matts
           made
           of
           Reeds
           down
           by
           this
           shelter
           ;
           wich
           ;
           it
           seemes
           he
           made
           for
           us
           to
           break
           the
           wind
           off
           us
           ;
           and
           ordered
           us
           to
           lye
           down
           there
           ;
           which
           we
           did
           ,
           as
           many
           as
           the
           matts
           wonld
           hold
           the
           rest
           lay
           on
           the
           ground
           by
           us
           .
           the
           Casseekey
           .
           went
           into
           his
           wigwam
           and
           sealed
           himself
           on
           his
           Cabin
           Cross
           legged
           having
           
           a
           Basket
           of
           Palmetoe
           Berries
           brought
           him
           ,
           which
           he
           eat
           very
           greedili
           :
           after
           which
           came
           some
           Indians
           un
           to
           him
           and
           talkt
           much
           ▪
           night
           came
           on
           :
           the
           moon
           being
           up
           an
           Indian
           ,
           who
           performeth
           their
           Ceremonies
           stood
           out
           ,
           loocking
           ful
           at
           the
           moon
           making
           a
           hideous
           noise
           ,
           and
           crying
           out
           Acting
           like
           a
           mad
           man
           for
           the
           space
           of
           half●n
           hour
           ;
           all
           the
           Indians
           being
           silent
           till
           he
           had
           done
           :
           after
           which
           they
           all
           ma●e
           fearfull
           noise
           some
           like
           the
           barking
           of
           a
           Dogg
           ,
           woolf
           ,
           and
           other
           strange
           sounds
           .
           After
           this
           ,
           one
           gets
           a
           logg
           and
           setts
           himself
           down
           ,
           holding
           the
           stick
           or
           logg
           upright
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           severall
           other●
           getting
           about
           him
           ,
           made
           a
           hid●ons
           noise
           ,
           singing
           to
           our
           amazement
           ;
           at
           length
           their
           Women
           joyned
           Cousort
           ,
           making
           the
           noise
           more
           terrible
           ,
           this
           they
           continued
           till
           Midnight
           .
           Toward●
           morning
           was
           great
           De
           vs
           :
           Our
           Fire
           being
           expended
           ●
           We
           ●vere
           extre●m
           cold
           .
        
         
           This
           morning
           the
           Casseekey
           looking
           on
           us
           with
           a
           mild
           Aspect
           ,
           sent
           his
           son
           wi●h
           his
           striking
           staff
           to
           the
           Inle●●
           to
           strike
           Fish
           for
           us
           ;
           which
           was
           performed
           with
           great
           dexterity
           ;
           for
           some
           of
           us
           walked
           down
           wi●●
           him
           and
           though
           we
           lookt
           very
           earnestly
           when
           he
           trew
           his
           Staff
           from
           him
           ,
           could
           not
           see
           a
           Fish
           ;
           at
           which
           time
           he
           saw
           it
           ,
           and
           brought
           it
           on
           shoar
           on
           the
           end
           of
           his
           staff
           .
           Sometimes
           he
           would
           runn
           swif●ly
           pursueing
           a
           Fish
           ,
           and
           seldom
           mist
           when
           he
           darted
           at
           him
           .
           In
           two
           hours
           time
           he
           got
           as
           many
           Fish
           as
           vvould
           serve
           tvventy
           Men
           :
           there
           vvere
           others
           also
           fishing
           at
           the
           same
           time
           ,
           so
           that
           Fish
           vvas
           plenty
           :
           but
           the
           sence
           of
           our
           Conditions
           stayed
           our
           hungry
           stomacks
           :
           for
           some
           amongst
           us
           thought
           they
           vvould
           feed
           us
           to
           feed
           themselves
           .
        
         
           The
           Casseekey
           vvent
           this
           Morning
           tovvards
           our
           Vessel
           ;
           in
           his
           absence
           the
           other
           Indians
           lookt
           very
           untovvardly
           
           upon
           us
           ,
           vvhich
           created
           a
           jealousie
           of
           their
           Cruelty
           yet
           to
           come
           .
        
         
           This
           Afternoon
           We
           savv
           a
           great
           fire
           nigh
           the
           pla●e
           of
           our
           Vessel
           ;
           vvhereupon
           We
           concluded
           that●
           our
           Vessel
           and
           our
           Boat
           vvere
           burnt
           :
           Whereupon
           We
           vvere
           almost
           confirmed
           that
           they
           designed
           to
           destroy
           us
           .
           About
           Sun-setting
           the
           Casseekey
           came
           home
           :
           vve
           spake
           to
           him
           he
           ansvvered
           us
           ,
           and
           seemed
           very
           affable
           ;
           vvhich
           We
           liked
           Well
           .
           Night
           drawing
           on
           ,
           and
           the
           Wind
           shifting
           North
           Ward
           ,
           We
           removed
           our
           shelter
           ,
           and
           added
           the
           Matts
           to
           it
           to
           break
           the
           Wind
           off
           us
           .
           Which
           blowed
           cowld
           ,
           and
           lay'd
           our
           selves
           on
           the
           sand
           .
           About
           an
           hour
           Within
           Night
           came
           a
           parcell
           of
           Indians
           from
           the
           south-ward
           being
           all
           arm'd
           with
           bows
           and
           Arrows
           and
           comeing
           near
           our
           Ten●
           some
           of
           us
           espy●d
           them
           where
           upon
           they
           squatted
           down
           .
           This
           seemed
           a
           fresh
           motive
           of
           danger
           ,
           and
           we
           awakened
           those
           of
           us
           that
           were
           faln
           a
           sleep
           ,
           and
           bid
           them
           prepare
           ,
           for
           things
           seemed
           dangerous
           we
           suppposing
           they
           ware
           come
           to
           foward
           our
           destruction
           or
           to
           carry
           us
           to
           the
           Southward
           they
           sat
           thus
           a
           Considerable
           time
           ;
           at
           length
           they
           distributed
           themselves
           to
           the
           wig-wams
           ,
           thus
           would
           danger
           often
           appear
           unto
           us
           and
           almost
           swallow
           us
           up
           ,
           but
           at
           times
           we
           should
           be
           sett
           over
           it
           ,
           having
           a
           secret
           hope
           that
           God
           would
           work
           our
           deliver
           rance
           having
           preserved
           us
           from
           so
           many
           perills
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           before
           Night
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           was
           Exhorting
           us
           to
           be
           patient
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           Godly
           manner
           did
           he
           expound
           that
           Text
           of
           Scripture
           :
           
             Because
             thou
             hast
             kept
             the
             word
             of
             my
             patience
             &c.
             
             Rev
             :
          
           3
           Chap
           :
           10
           ver
           :
           after
           which
           he
           ended
           with
           a
           most
           fervent
           Prayer
           desi●●
           of
           the
           Lord
           that
           whereas
           he
           had
           suffered
           us
           to
           be
           cast
           amongst
           a
           barbarous
           and
           heathenish
           people
           ,
           if
           that
           
           it
           was
           his
           blessed
           will
           ,
           He
           would
           preserve
           and
           diliver
           us
           from
           amongst
           the●
           that
           our
           names
           might
           not
           be
           b●ried
           in
           Oblivion
           ;
           and
           that
           he
           might
           lay
           his
           Body
           among●t
           Faithfull
           Friends
           :
           And
           at
           the
           close
           of
           〈◊〉
           Prayer
           ;
           He
           seemed
           to
           have
           an
           Assurance
           that
           his
           Petition
           would
           be
           granted
           .
           In
           all
           which
           some
           of
           us
           were
           livingly
           refressed
           and
           strengthened
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             7t
             Mt
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             27.
             1.
             
          
           This
           morning
           we
           again
           used
           our
           Endeavours
           with
           the
           Casseekey
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           go
           to
           the
           North-ward
           for
           Augusteen
           .
           His
           answer
           was
           ,
           We
           should
           be
           all
           kil●d
           ;
           but
           at
           length
           we
           prevailed
           ,
           and
           He
           said
           ,
           on
           the
           Morrow
           we
           should
           go
           .
           Hereupon
           he
           took
           three
           Negroemen
           (
           one
           of
           
             Ioseph
             Kirle
          
           rand
           two
           of
           mine
           )
           and
           with
           a
           Cannoe
           went
           up
           the
           sound
           .
        
         
           This
           day
           the
           Indians
           were
           busy
           with
           what
           they
           had
           taken
           out
           of
           our
           Vessel
           ,
           and
           would
           have
           inployed
           all
           of
           us
           to
           doe
           ,
           some
           one
           thing
           ,
           some
           another
           for
           them
           ;
           but
           we
           not
           knowing
           the
           Consequence
           endeavoured
           to
           shun
           it
           ,
           and
           would
           deny
           them
           demands
        
         
           But
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           did
           answer
           their
           desires
           in
           making
           and
           sewing
           some
           Cloth
           together
           ,
           stringing
           our
           Beds
           ,
           mending
           of
           Locks
           ,
           of
           the
           Chests
           &c.
           
           Whatever
           they
           thought
           was
           a
           miss
           they
           would
           be
           putting
           upon
           us
           to
           mend
           ,
           still
           we
           wholy
           refused
           .
           At
           which
           time
           I
           heard
           a
           sayingh
           that
           came
           from
           one
           of
           the
           Chief
           Indians
           ,
           thus
           [
           
             English
             Son
             of
             a
             Bitch
          
           ]
           which
           words
           started
           me
           ;
           For
           I
           do
           believe
           they
           had
           had
           some
           of
           our
           Nation
           in
           their
           possession
           ,
           of
           whom
           they
           had
           heard
           such
           an
           expression
           :
           I
           passed
           away
           from
           the
           Wig-wam
           with
           m●c●
           trouble
           .
        
         
           This
           ●ay
           being
           the
           first
           of
           the
           Week
           ,
           we
           having
           a
           large
           〈◊〉
           and
           a
           Book
           of
           Robert-Barcley●s
           ,
           some
           one
           or
           o●●er
           was
           o●te●
           Reading
           in
           them
           :
           But
           being
           most
           of
           
           us
           sat
           together
           ,
           
             Robbert
             Barrow
          
           desired
           our
           People
           to
           wait
           upon
           the
           Lord
           :
           In
           wich
           time
           Robert
           had
           a
           ●●rd
           in
           season
           unto
           us
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           went
           to
           Prayer
           ,
           all
           the
           Indians
           comeing
           about
           us
           ,
           and
           some
           younger
           sort
           would
           be
           mocking
           ;
           but
           not
           to
           our
           disturbance
           :
           The
           Elder
           sort
           stood
           very
           modestly
           the
           whole
           time
           :
           After
           Prayer
           ended
           ,
           they
           all
           with
           drew
           quietly
           :
           But
           some
           of
           them
           (
           especially
           the
           Casseekey's
           eldest
           Son
           )
           would
           take
           great
           delight
           in
           our
           Reading
           ,
           and
           would
           take
           the
           Bible
           or
           other
           Book
           ,
           and
           give
           to
           one
           or
           other
           to
           read
           ,
           the
           Sound
           of
           which
           pleased
           them
           ,
           for
           they
           would
           sitt
           quietly
           and
           very
           attetively
           tohear
           us
           .
        
         
           The
           Casseekey
           having
           been
           gone
           most
           part
           of
           the
           Day
           with
           three
           Negroes
           in
           our
           Boat
           comeing
           over
           the
           Barr
           into
           the
           Inlett
           .
           We
           rejoyc't
           to
           see
           our
           Boat
           ,
           for
           we
           thought
           She
           had
           been
           Burnt
           .
           Our
           Negroes
           told
           us
           ;
           They
           went
           up
           Sound
           with
           the
           Casseekey
           ,
           and
           landed
           near
           the
           place
           where
           our
           Tent
           had
           been
           :
           The
           chief
           Business
           was
           to
           remove
           the
           Mony
           from
           one
           place
           to
           another
           ,
           and
           bury
           it
           .
           This
           Old
           man
           would
           trust
           our
           People
           ,
           but
           not
           his
           own
           .
           After
           that
           was
           done
           ,
           they
           went
           to
           the
           place
           where
           our
           Vessel
           was
           burnt
           ;
           they
           lanched
           our
           Boat
           ,
           in
           which
           the
           Old
           Casseekey
           put
           his
           Chests
           ,
           wherein
           was
           our
           Linnen
           and
           other
           of
           our
           Trade
           :
           Also
           they
           gott
           a
           small
           Rundlett
           which
           they
           filled
           with
           Wine
           out
           of
           a
           Quarter
           Cask
           that
           was
           left
           and
           brought
           Sugar
           out
           of
           the
           wrack
           which
           was
           not
           consumed
           with
           the
           Fire
           .
           By
           this
           time
           came
           the
           Caseekey
           and
           other
           Negroe
           in
           the
           Cannooe
           .
           He
           told
           us
           .
           On
           the
           Morrow
           we
           should
           go
           with
           our
           Boat
           :
           This
           was
           cheerfull
           news
           unto
           us
           .
           All
           the
           time
           some
           Ind●ans
           had
           been
           out
           ,
           and
           brought
           home
           some
           Oyst●rs
           ,
           
           and
           the
           Casseekey
           ,
           gave
           us
           some
           ,
           bidding
           us
           take
           ,
           what
           we
           had
           a
           minde
           to
           .
           A
           fittle
           before
           Nicht
           the
           Casseekey
           ,
           opened
           his
           Chest
           and
           boxes
           ;
           and
           his
           〈…〉
           ●●ok
           what
           〈◊〉
           in
           them
           from
           him
           :
           But
           he
           seem●d
           〈◊〉
           ●y
           generous
           to
           my
           Wife
           and
           Child
           ,
           and
           gave
           her
           severall
           things
           w●●ch
           were
           usefull
           to
           Her
           and
           our
           Child
           .
        
         
           Our
           〈◊〉
           was
           very
           Leaky
           ;
           so
           we
           gott
           her
           into
           a
           Creek
           to
           sink
           her
           ,
           that
           the
           water
           might
           swell
           her
           .
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             7t
             Mt
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             28.
             2.
             
          
           This
           morning
           We
           waited
           an
           Opportunity
           to
           gett
           leave
           to
           de
           part
           ,
           which
           was
           granted
           us
           :
           Whereupon
           we
           asked
           for
           such
           things
           as
           they
           did
           not
           make
           use
           of
           ;
           viz.
           A●
           great
           Glass
           ,
           wherein
           was
           sive
           or
           six
           pound
           of
           Butter
           ;
           some
           Sugar
           ;
           the
           Rundlett
           of
           wine
           :
           And
           some
           Balls
           of
           Chocolate
           :
           All
           which
           was
           granted
           us
           ;
           also
           a
           Bowle
           to
           heave
           Water
           out
           of
           the
           Boat.
           But
           the
           Casseekey
           would
           have
           a
           Negroe-Boy
           of
           mine
           ,
           named
           Caesar
           ,
           to
           which
           I
           could
           not
           tell
           what
           to
           say
           ;
           but
           he
           was
           resolved
           on
           it
           .
           We
           gott
           down
           to
           the
           Waterside
           ,
           and
           sent
           all
           our
           People
           over
           that
           where
           to
           travell
           :
           And
           
             Ioseph
             Kirle
             ,
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           ,
           I
           ,
           my
           Wife
           and
           Child
           with
           two
           of
           our
           Mariners
           went
           in
           the
           Boat
           ,
           and
           rowed
           along
           shoar
           Northwards
           ;
           But
           the
           Casseekey
           would
           have
           us
           to
           have
           gone
           with
           our
           Boat
           up
           the
           Sound
           :
           We
           supposed
           the
           Sound
           was
           a
           great
           River
           ;
           and
           therefore
           were
           not
           willing
           to
           take
           his
           advice
           ,
           having
           no
           knowledge
           ;
           but
           his
           Counsel
           was
           good
           ,
           as
           We
           found
           afterwards
           ;
           for
           the
           conveniency
           of
           passage
           .
        
         
           The
           Casseekey
           and
           some
           other
           Indians
           went
           with
           our
           People
           towards
           our
           Wrack
           ,
           we
           rowing
           along
           shoar
           ,
           and
           our
           Boat
           very
           l●aky
           ,
           that
           one
           person
           had
           Imploy
           enough
           to
           heave
           out
           the
           Water
           .
        
         
           just
           before
           we
           left
           the
           Indian-Town
           ,
           severall
           Indians
           
           were
           for
           taking
           the
           little
           ,
           Clothes
           and
           Raggs
           We
           had
           not
           ;
           〈…〉
           Casseekey
           ,
           he
           would
           cause
           then
           to
           〈…〉
        
         
           
             S●lomon
             Crelson
          
           was
           mightily
           in
           one
           Ind●●n's
           favour
           ,
           who
           would
           hardly
           stirr
           from
           his
           Wig-wa●●
           but
           Solo●on
           must
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           go
           Arm
           in
           Arm
           ;
           Which
           Indian
           amongst
           his
           Plunder
           ,
           had
           a
           Morning-Gown
           ,
           which
           he
           putt
           on
           Solomon
           ,
           and
           Solomon
           had
           worn
           it
           most
           of
           the
           time
           we
           were
           there
           ;
           but
           when
           the
           time
           of
           our
           departure
           came
           an
           Indian
           unrob●d
           him
           ,
           and
           left
           only
           a
           pair
           of
           Breeches
           ,
           and
           seem'd
           very
           angry
           .
        
         
           It
           was
           high
           Noon
           when
           We
           left
           our
           Wrack
           (
           she
           being
           burnt
           down
           to
           her
           Floor-T●mbers
           which
           ●ay
           in
           the
           Sand
           )
           We
           setting
           forward
           ,
           some
           in
           the
           Boat
           ?
           the
           rest
           traveled
           a
           long
           shoar
           ;
           and
           a
           little
           before
           Su●●setting
           ,
           our
           People
           came
           up
           with
           abundance
           of
           small
           Fish
           ●●at
           had
           been
           forced
           on
           shoar
           ,
           as
           me
           may
           suppose
           ,
           by
           the
           Storm
           that
           drove
           us
           a
           shoar
           ,
           (
           they
           lying
           farr
           from
           the
           Water
           ,
           being
           much
           tainted
           )
           covered
           the
           shoar
           for
           nigh
           a
           mile
           in
           length
           :
           Of
           which
           our
           People
           gathered
           as
           many
           as
           they
           could
           carry
           .
           About
           Sunn-setting
           we
           putt
           on
           shoar
           to
           refresh
           our selves
           ,
           and
           take
           a
           small
           Respi●e
           ,
           also
           to
           take
           my
           Kinsman
           
             Benjamin
             Allin
          
           i●
           to
           our
           Boat
           :
           For
           this
           After-noon
           in
           his
           Travell
           he
           was
           taken
           with
           a
           Fever
           and
           Ague
           ,
           and
           We
           had
           much
           trouble
           to
           get
           him
           along
           ,
           he
           having
           been
           Sick
           nigh
           unto
           death
           (
           being
           first
           taken
           the
           day
           before
           We
           left
           
             Blewfields
             Road
          
           )
           untill
           about
           a
           Week
           before
           we
           were
           cast
           away
           .
        
         
           One
           of
           my
           Negroes
           had
           saved
           a
           Tinder-Box
           and
           Flint
           ,
           and
           We
           had
           reserved
           tvvo
           Knives
           ,
           by
           vvhich
           means
           We
           got
           a
           Fire
           ,
           though
           with
           much
           difficulty
           ,
           for
           our
           Tinder
           was
           bad
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Wood
           Salt-water
           
           soaken
           :
           which
           being
           accomplished
           ,
           we
           broiled
           all
           our
           fish
           ,
           feeding
           haertily
           of
           some
           of
           them
           and
           the
           rest
           we
           kept
           not
           knowing
           when
           we
           should
           be
           thus
           furnished
           again
           ;
           for
           which
           some
           of
           us
           were
           truli
           tankfull
           to
           the
           ●od
           of
           all
           our
           Mercies
           .
        
         
           Having
           a
           large
           fire
           many
           of
           us
           gott
           under
           the
           leigh
           ,
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           others
           buried
           themselves
           in
           the
           sand
           ,
           in
           hopes
           to
           gett
           a
           lic●e
           sleep
           ,
           that
           we
           might
           be
           some
           what
           refreshed
           ,
           and
           there
           by
           be
           the
           better
           enabled
           some
           to
           travell
           and
           some
           to
           row
           the
           remaining
           part
           of
           the
           night
           :
           but
           the
           sand
           flyes
           and
           Muskettoes
           were
           to
           exheam
           thick
           that
           it
           was
           impossible
           the
           Moon
           shining
           we
           lanched
           our
           Boat
           I
           and
           my
           wife
           and
           child
           ,
           the
           Master
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           my
           Kinsman
           
             Allin
             ,
             Solomon
             Cresson
             .
             Joseph
             Buckley
             and
             the
             Masters
             Negro
          
           went
           in
           our
           Boat
           ;
           the
           rest
           travelled
           along
           soar
           about
           midnight
           ,
           or
           a
           little
           after
           our
           people
           came
           by
           an
           
             Indian
             Town
          
           ;
           the
           Indians
           came
           out
           in
           a
           great
           number
           ,
           but
           offered
           no
           violence
           more
           than
           endeavouring
           to
           take
           from
           them
           what
           little
           they
           had
           :
           But
           making
           some
           small
           resistance
           ,
           the
           Indians
           were
           putt
           by
           their
           purpose
           They
           were
           very
           desirous
           to
           have
           us
           come
           on
           shoar
           ,
           and
           would
           hale
           us
           ;
           but
           our
           People
           would
           have
           us
           keep
           of
           .
           We
           were
           gott
           among
           a
           parcell
           Breakers
           ,
           and
           so
           had
           much
           a
           do
           to
           gett
           out
           to
           Sea.
           
        
         
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               month
            
             7
             mo
             :
          
           
             
               Day
               of
               the
               week
            
             29.
             3.
             
          
           This
           Morning
           about
           Sun-rising
           We
           stood
           ni
           for
           the
           Land
           ,
           and
           looked
           out
           for
           our
           People
           ;
           but
           could
           not
           see
           them
           ,
           therefore
           we
           lay
           by
           for
           the
           space
           of
           two
           hours
           ,
           and
           at
           lenght
           saw
           them
           comeing
           along
           with
           a
           great
           many
           Indians
           with
           them
           :
           When
           they
           came
           a
           Breast
           with
           us
           ,
           the
           Indians
           wafled
           us
           a
           shoar
           ;
           but
           we
           refused
           ,
           perceiving
           they
           werewickedly
           bent
           ;
           they
           would
           be
           ever
           and
           anon
           snatching
           one
           
           thingh
           or
           other
           :
           At
           which
           time
           our
           People
           would
           point
           to
           us
           in
           the
           Boat
           ;
           but
           perceiving
           they
           could
           not
           ●●tt
           us
           a
           shoar
           in
           some
           few
           hours
           left
           them
           .
        
         
           This
           Day
           Noon
           
             Joseph
             Kirle
          
           having
           his
           Quadrart
           and
           Calender
           ,
           took
           an
           Observation
           ,
           being
           in
           Lat●●ude
           27
           de
           .
           45
           min.
           About
           one
           a
           Clock
           we
           saw
           two
           Ind●ans
           with
           Bows
           and
           Arrows
           running
           to
           meet
           our
           People
           ;
           who
           when
           they
           saw
           them
           ,
           at
           first
           they
           made
           a
           〈◊〉
           and
           afterwards
           Retreated
           :
           At
           which
           the
           Indians
           lett
           fly
           an
           Arrow
           ;
           which
           narrowly
           escaped
           one
           of
           them
           :
           Whereupon
           they
           stopt
           ;
           the
           Indians
           looked
           strengely
           on
           them
           ;
           but
           our
           people
           sett
           forwards
           ,
           and
           the
           Indians
           with
           them
           untill
           they
           came
           to
           the
           Indian-Town
           .
           We
           saw
           our
           People
           go
           into
           the
           Wiggwams
           ,
           but
           stayed
           a
           very
           short
           time
           ;
           for
           the
           Indians
           were
           for
           taking
           those
           pieces
           of
           Canvas
           they
           had
           from
           them
           .
           They
           gott
           some
           Water
           and
           sett
           forward
           again
           the
           two
           Indians
           still
           followed
           them
           .
           About
           this
           time
           We
           saw
           a
           Sail
           to
           the
           Eastward
           ,
           and
           We
           supposeing
           it
           at
           first
           to
           be
           a
           Briganteene
           ,
           agreed
           to
           follow
           her
           ;
           but
           in
           a
           small
           time
           We
           made
           it
           to
           be
           a
           Cannooc
           or
           Boat
           with
           two
           Masts
           and
           Sails
           :
           She
           stood
           in
           for
           the
           shoar
           ;
           but
           as
           soon
           as
           they
           espy'd
           us
           She
           bore
           away
           :
           And
           when
           She
           saw
           we
           made
           not
           after
           her
           ,
           She
           stood
           a
           shoar
           again
           for
           the
           Indian-Town
           ;
           hereupon
           a
           Jealousie
           gott
           amongst
           us
           that
           She
           might
           go
           on
           shoar
           and
           gett
           strong
           with
           Men
           ,
           and
           then
           come
           after
           us
           ;
           whereupon
           We
           rowed
           very
           hard
           and
           kept
           an
           offing
           for
           some
           hours
           ;
           but
           finding
           they
           came
           not
           out
           ,
           we
           stood
           towards
           the
           shoar
           again
           .
           This
           day
           was
           extream
           hott
           and
           We
           had
           no
           Water
           since
           We
           left
           the
           Indian-Town
           to
           the
           Sowth-ward
           of
           our
           wrack
           ,
           called
           by
           the
           name
           of
           Hoc-Bay
           ;
           therefore
           We
           were
           desirous
           to
           gett
           on
           shoar
           ,
           
           but
           when
           We
           endeavoured
           it
           ,
           We
           could
           not
           ;
           for
           the
           Seas
           swelling
           very
           much
           and
           came
           to
           〈…〉
           and
           broak
           almost
           a
           mile
           from
           the
           shoar
           ;
           our
           Master
           said
           ,
           It
           was
           inpossible
           to
           ge
           〈…〉
           on
           shoer
           a
           live
           :
           But
           I
           being
           〈…〉
           some
           Exerci●e
           was
           disirous
           to
           be
           on
           shoar
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           did
           express
           my self
           to
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           People
           ▪
           they
           star●●●d
           the
           danger
           ;
           all
           which
           I
           was
           as
           〈◊〉
           of
           as
           they
           ,
           yet
           I
           could
           nor
           rest
           but
           insisted
           〈◊〉
           going
           a
           shoar
           :
           The
           Master
           and
           Men
           said
           ,
           We
           should
           not
           have
           our
           lives
           ;
           but
           I
           gained
           so
           farr
           ,
           that
           they
           atempted
           and
           were
           gott
           within
           half
           a
           mile
           of
           the
           shoar
           ;
           but
           the
           Seas
           came
           on
           us
           so
           large
           and
           hollow
           that
           one
           Sea
           had
           like
           to
           have
           over-welmed
           us
           :
           We
           just
           gott
           a
           topp
           of
           it
           before
           it
           broke
           ;
           There
           was
           then
           no
           perswading
           them
           to
           go
           further
           ,
           but
           We
           stood
           off
           ,
           and
           disigned
           to
           keep
           off
           all
           Night
           ,
           our
           People
           being
           very
           weary
           ,
           and
           the
           Sunn
           setting
           ;
           We
           divided
           one
           half
           to
           gett
           some
           sleep
           ,
           the
           other
           to
           watch
           and
           keep
           the
           boat
           's
           head
           to
           the
           Sea.
           The
           Wether
           looked
           as
           though
           it
           would
           be
           bad
           ,
           and
           the
           Sea
           increased
           ;
           Whereupon
           I
           began
           a
           fresh
           to
           perswade
           them
           to
           go
           on
           shoar
           .
           All
           were
           disirous
           ,
           but
           thougt
           it
           impossible
           .
           Att
           length
           We
           resolved
           to
           venture
           ;
           And
           so
           committing
           our selves
           to
           the
           Protection
           of
           the
           
             Almighty
             GOD
          
           ;
           We
           stood
           in
           for
           the
           shoar
           ,
           and
           made
           signs
           to
           our
           People
           that
           We
           disigned
           it
           .
           And
           it
           pleased
           GOD
           to
           order
           i●
           so
           that
           We
           went
           on
           shoar
           ,
           as
           though
           there
           had
           been
           a
           Lane
           made
           through
           the
           Breakers
           ,
           and
           were
           carried
           to
           the
           topp
           of
           the
           Bank
           ,
           were
           We
           gott
           aged
           
             Robert
             Barrow
          
           ,
           my
           Wife
           and
           Child
           out
           of
           the
           Boat
           ,
           before
           ever
           a
           Sea
           came
           to
           fill
           Us
           ;
           which
           did
           ,
           as
           soon
           as
           they
           were
           gott
           out
           :
           〈◊〉
           We
           gott
           our
           Boat
           up
           
           from
           the
           wash
           of
           the
           Sea.
           
        
         
           The
           two
           Indians
           were
           for
           taking
           off
           our
           Clothes
           ,
           (
           which
           would
           not
           cover
           our
           Bodies
           )
           but
           We
           not
           being
           willing
           to
           yield
           they
           vvould
           snatch
           a
           piece
           from
           one
           and
           a
           bitt
           from
           an
           other
           ,
           and
           run
           away
           with
           that
           ,
           and
           then
           come
           again
           and
           do
           the
           like
           .
           These
           two
           Indians
           took
           away
           what
           was
           given
           to
           my
           Wife
           and
           Child
           which
           we
           knew
           not
           how
           to
           help
           ,
           but
           exercised
           Patience
           .
        
         
           We
           enquired
           how
           farr
           it
           was
           from
           
             St.
             a
             Lucea
          
           (
           one
           of
           them
           speaking
           a
           little
           Spanish
           )
           and
           by
           signes
           we
           understood
           it
           was
           not
           farr
           .
           They
           made
           fignes
           that
           when
           we
           came
           there
           ,
           we
           should
           be
           putt
           to
           most
           cruell
           Death
           but
           we
           hoped
           otherwise
           .
        
         
           At
           this
           place
           within
           the
           Land
           ,
           and
           over
           the
           Sound
           our
           People
           said
           ,
           before
           it
           was
           dark
           ,
           they
           saw
           two
           or
           three
           Houses
           ,
           which
           looked
           white
           ,
           tho
           they
           were
           plastered
           with
           Lime
           :
           which
           putt
           us
           in
           hopes
           that
           there
           were
           Spaniards
           there
           ;
           so
           we
           sett
           forward
           as
           the
           Iadians
           directed
           for
           
             St.
             a
             Lucea
          
           .
           They
           made
           Signs
           that
           we
           should
           come
           to
           an
           Inlett
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           other
           side
           was
           
             St.
             a
             Lucea
          
           .
           We
           travelled
           about
           four
           Miles
           and
           came
           to
           the
           Inlett
           ,
           but
           saw
           no
           Settlement
           on
           the
           other
           side
           ;
           so
           we
           concluded
           to
           lye
           there
           all
           Night
           .
        
         
           We
           saw
           the
           tract
           of
           a
           large
           Bare
           and
           oth●re
           wildBeasts
           ;
           whereupon
           we
           sett
           to
           work
           to
           gett
           Wood
           and
           then
           a
           fire
           :
           Aboundance
           of
           Muskettoes
           and
           Sand-flyes
           hindred
           our
           rest
           ;
           to
           remedy
           which
           we
           digged
           holes
           in
           the
           Sand
           ,
           gott
           some
           Grass
           and
           laid
           it
           therein
           to
           lye
           upon
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           cover
           our selves
           from
           the
           Flyes
           ;
           which
           most
           of
           us
           did
           ;
           but
           it
           being
           extream
           cold
           ,
           and
           〈…〉
           ing
           scarse
           ,
           we
           had
           little
           comfort
           .
        
         
           About
           Mid-Night
           we
           sent
           our
           People
           to
           see
           if
           they
           
           could
           gett
           off
           our
           Boat
           ,
           and
           bring
           it
           into
           the
           Inlett
           ,
           that
           We
           might
           gett
           over
           to
           the
           other
           fide
           :
           They
           went
           and
           launched
           her
           ,
           but
           the
           Sea
           was
           so
           rough
           that
           there
           was
           no
           possibility
           of
           getting
           Her
           off
           ,
           for
           She
           was
           soon
           filled
           ,
           and
           putt
           to
           Swimm
           ,
           and
           they
           ,
           Boat
           and
           all
           were
           driven
           on
           shoar
           again
           .
        
         
           Whilst
           our
           People
           were
           gone
           for
           the
           Boat
           ,
           We
           espied
           som
           Indians
           in
           a
           Cannooe
           with
           their
           Torch
           a
           Fishing
           :
           We
           sent
           for
           Solomon
           (
           Who
           was
           gone
           to
           launch
           the
           Boat
           )
           expecting
           they
           would
           come
           ,
           seeing
           fires
           ,
           and
           We
           should
           not
           tell
           what
           to
           say
           to
           ,
           them
           ;
           but
           they
           did
           not
           .
           Here
           We
           lay
           watching
           ,
           for
           no
           rest
           could
           be
           taken
           .
        
         
           
             the
             7.
             
             Month
             the
             30.
             the
             2.
             day
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             by
             break
             of
             Day
             We
             saw
             a
             small
             Cannooe
             from
             the
             other
             side
             〈◊〉
             oft
             shoar
             with
             
               two
               Indians
            
             ,
             inner
             going
             up
             the
             River
             (
             or
             Sound
             )
             a
             Fishing
             .
             We
             haired
             them
             in
             Spanish
             and
             as
             soon
             as
             they
             heard
             and
             saw
             us
             ,
             they
             made
             to
             the
             shoar
             with
             all
             speed
             ,
             and
             away
             to
             their
             Town
             they
             runn
             :
             We
             perceiving
             they
             were
             shey
             of
             us
             ,
             begann
             to
             ●oubt
             of
             their
             Amity
             which
             We
             had
             so
             much
             depended
             on
             ;
             whereupon
             We
             counceled
             our
             People
             now
             to
             deport
             themselves
             ,
             especially
             our
             Negroes
             .
             About
             〈◊〉
             We
             saw
             the
             Indians
             comeing
             ,
             running
             〈…〉
             great
             number
             with
             their
             Bows
             and
             Arrows
             to
             the
             Inlett
             ;
             where
             having
             sive
             or
             six
             〈…〉
             into
             them
             ,
             as
             many
             as
             those
             Cannoo's
             could
             〈…〉
             Others
             took
             the
             water
             ,
             〈…〉
             they
             came
             in
             the
             greatest
             rage
             th●
             〈…〉
             people
             could
             .
             Solomon
             began
             〈…〉
             they
             answered
             not
             till
             they
             〈…〉
             from
             us
             ;
             and
             then
             comeing
             〈…〉
             they
             cryed
             out
             ,
             
               Nickaleer
               ,
               
               Nickaleer
            
             .
             We
             satt
             all
             still
             Expecting
             death
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             a
             most
             Barbarous
             manner
             .
             They
             that
             did
             speak
             unto
             them
             could
             not
             be
             heard
             :
             but
             they
             rushed
             violently
             ,
             on
             us
             rending
             and
             tearing
             those
             few
             Clothes
             we
             had
             :
             they
             that
             had
             Breeches
             had
             so
             many
             about
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             hardly
             touched
             the
             Ground
             till
             they
             were
             shaken
             out
             of
             them
             thy
             fore
             all
             from
             my
             Wife
             ,
             and
             espying
             her
             Hair-Lace
             ,
             some
             were
             going
             to
             cutt
             it
             hair
             and
             away
             to
             gett
             it
             ,
             but
             ,
             like
             greedy
             Doggs
             ,
             another
             snatched
             and
             tore
             it
             off
             .
             As
             for
             our
             poor
             young
             Child
             ,
             they
             snacht
             from
             it
             what
             little
             it
             had
             ,
             as
             though
             they
             would
             have
             shak●n
             and
             torne
             it
             ,
             Limb
             from
             Limb.
             After
             they
             had
             taken
             all
             from
             us
             but
             our
             lives
             ,
             they
             began
             to
             talk
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             vehemently
             foaming
             at
             Mouth
             ,
             like
             wild
             Boars
             ,
             and
             taking
             their
             Bows
             anb
             Arrows
             with
             other
             Weapons
             ,
             cryed
             out
             
               Nickaleer
               ,
               Nickaleer
               .
               Solomon
            
             Spake
             in
             Spanish
             to
             Them
             ,
             and
             said
             We
             were
             Spanjards
             ;
             but
             They
             would
             not
             hear
             Him
             ,
             and
             continued
             crying
             out
             
               Nickaleer
               ,
               Nickaleer
            
             ,
             with
             all
             drawing
             their
             Arrows
             to
             the
             Head.
             But
             suddenly
             We
             perceived
             them
             to
             look
             about
             and
             listen
             ,
             and
             then
             desisted
             to
             prosecure
             their
             Bloody
             Disign
             .
             One
             of
             them
             took
             a
             pare
             of
             Breeches
             and
             gave
             to
             my
             Wife
             .
             We
             brought
             our
             great
             Bible
             and
             a
             large
             Book
             of
             
               Robert
               Barclays
            
             to
             this
             Place
             .
             And
             being
             all
             Stripped
             as
             Naked
             as
             We
             were
             Born
             ,
             and
             endeavouring
             to
             hide
             our
             Nakedne●s
             ;
             these
             Cannaballs
             took
             the
             Books
             ,
             and
             tearing
             out
             the
             Leaves
             would
             give
             each
             of
             us
             a
             Leave
             to
             cover
             us
             ;
             which
             We
             took
             from
             them
             :
             At
             which
             time
             they
             would
             deride
             and
             smite
             us
             ;
             and
             instantly
             another
             of
             them
             would
             snatch
             away
             what
             the
             other
             gave
             us
             ,
             smiting
             and
             diriding
             us
             withall
             .
          
           
           
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             with
             my
             
               Self
               ,
               Wife
            
             and
             Child
             were
             ordered
             to
             go
             in
             to
             a
             Cannooe
             to
             be
             carryed
             to
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             Inlett
             ,
             being
             a
             Furlong
             over
             ,
             Four
             Indians
             being
             in
             the
             Cannooe
             to
             paddle
             :
             when
             We
             came
             to
             the
             other
             side
             within
             a
             Cannooe's
             lenght
             or
             two
             of
             the
             shoar
             .
             A
             number
             of
             Indians
             with
             their
             Bows
             and
             Arrows
             came
             running
             into
             the
             water
             ,
             some
             to
             their
             knees
             ,
             some
             deeper
             ,
             having
             their
             Bows
             and
             Arrows
             drawn
             up
             ,
             Crying
             out
             
               Nickaleer
               ,
               Nickaleer
            
             ;
             which
             they
             continued
             without
             ceasing
             .
             The
             Indians
             that
             brought
             us
             over
             leapt
             out
             of
             the
             Cannooe
             ,
             and
             swam
             a
             shoar
             ,
             fearing
             they
             should
             be
             Shott
             ;
             But
             in
             this
             Juncture
             it
             pleased
             GOD
             to
             tender
             the
             hearts
             of
             some
             of
             Them
             towards
             us
             ;
             especially
             the
             Cassekey
             his
             Wife
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             the
             chiefest
             amongst
             them
             ,
             who
             were
             made
             Instruments
             to
             interceede
             for
             Us
             ,
             and
             stopp
             the
             rage
             of
             the
             multitude
             ,
             who
             seemed
             not
             to
             be
             satisfy'd
             without
             our
             blood
             .
             The
             Cassekey
             ordered
             some
             to
             swim
             ,
             and
             fetch
             the
             Cannooe
             a
             shoar
             ;
             which
             being
             done
             ,
             his
             Wife
             came
             in
             a
             Compassionate
             manner
             and
             took
             my
             wife
             out
             of
             the
             Cannooe
             ,
             ordering
             her
             to
             follow
             her
             ,
             which
             we
             did
             some
             distance
             from
             the
             
             Inletside
             ,
             and
             stood
             till
             all
             our
             people
             were
             brought
             over
             ,
             which
             in
             a
             little
             time
             was
             done
             .
             But
             the
             rage
             of
             some
             was
             still
             great
             ,
             thirsting
             to
             shedd
             our
             blood
             ,
             and
             a
             mighty
             strife
             there
             was
             amongst
             them
             :
             some
             would
             kill
             us
             ,
             others
             would
             prevent
             it
             .
             and
             thus
             one
             Indian
             was
             striving
             with
             another
             .
             all
             being
             gott
             over
             ,
             were
             to
             walk
             a
             long
             the
             sea
             shoar
             to
             their
             Town
             :
             in
             this
             passage
             we
             most
             of
             us
             felt
             the
             rage
             of
             some
             of
             them
             ,
             either
             by
             striking
             or
             stoneing
             ;
             and
             divers
             Arrows
             were
             shott
             :
             but
             those
             that
             were
             for
             preserving
             us
             would
             watch
             those
             that
             were
             for
             destroying
             us
             :
             and
             when
             
             some
             of
             them
             would
             go
             to
             shoote
             ,
             others
             of
             them
             would
             catch
             hould
             of
             their
             Bows
             or
             Arm.
             It
             was
             so
             ordered
             that
             not
             one
             of
             us
             was
             toucht
             with
             their
             Arrows
             ;
             severall
             of
             us
             were
             knocked
             down
             ,
             and
             some
             tumbled
             into
             the
             Sea
             We
             dared
             not
             help
             one
             another
             ;
             but
             help
             we
             had
             by
             some
             of
             them
             being
             ●●de
             instrumentall
             to
             help
             us
             .
             My
             Wife
             received
             severall
             blows
             ,
             and
             an
             Indian
             came
             and
             took
             hold
             of
             her
             Hair
             ,
             and
             was
             going
             either
             to
             cutt
             her
             Throat
             or
             something
             like
             it
             ,
             having
             his
             Knife
             nigh
             Her
             throat
             ;
             but
             I
             looked
             at
             him
             ,
             making
             a
             sign
             that
             he
             should
             not
             ,
             so
             he
             desisted
             :
             At
             wich
             time
             another
             Indian
             came
             with
             a
             handfull
             of
             Sea-sand
             and
             silled
             our
             poor
             Child's
             Mouth
             .
             By
             this
             time
             the
             Cassekey's
             Wife
             came
             to
             my
             Wife
             seeing
             her
             oppressed
             ,
             and
             they
             pulled
             the
             Sand
             out
             of
             our
             Child
             s
             mouth
             ,
             and
             kept
             by
             my
             Wife
             untill
             we
             gott
             into
             the
             
               Casseekey
               s
            
             house
             ,
             whith
             was
             about
             fourty
             foot
             long
             and
             twenty-five
             foot
             wide
             ,
             covered
             with
             Palmixtoe-Leaves
             both
             topp
             and
             sides
             .
          
           
             There
             was
             a
             Range
             of
             Cabbins
             ,
             or
             a
             Barbecue
             on
             one
             side
             and
             two
             ends
             .
             At
             the
             entering
             on
             one
             side
             of
             the
             house
             a
             passage
             was
             made
             off
             Benches
             on
             each
             side
             ●●ding
             to
             the
             Cabins
             .
             On
             these
             Benches
             satt
             the
             Chief
             Indians
             ,
             and
             the
             upperend
             of
             the
             Cabin
             was
             the
             Casseekey
             seated
             .
             A
             kind
             of
             Debate
             was
             held
             amongst
             them
             for
             an
             hour
             s
             time
             .
             After
             which
             Solomon
             and
             some
             others
             were
             called
             to
             the
             Casseekey
             ;
             and
             were
             sea●ed
             on
             the
             Cabin
             ;
             where
             the
             Casseekey
             talked
             to
             Solomon
             in
             the
             
               Spanish
               Language
            
             :
             But
             could
             not
             hold
             a
             Discourse
             .
             In
             a
             little
             time
             some
             raw
             
             Deare-Skins
             were
             brought
             in
             and
             given
             to
             my
             Wife
             and
             Negroe-Women
             ,
             and
             to
             us
             Men
             such
             as
             the
             Indian-Men
             wear
             ,
             being
             a
             piece
             of
             Platt
             work
             of
             Straws
             wrought
             of
             divers
             
             coulours
             and
             of
             a
             Triangular
             Figure
             ,
             with
             a
             Belt
             of
             Four
             Fingers
             broad
             of
             the
             same
             wrought
             together
             ,
             which
             goeth
             about
             the
             wast
             and
             the
             angle
             of
             the
             other
             having
             a
             thing
             to
             it
             ,
             com●ig
             between
             the
             Leggs
             ,
             and
             Strings
             to
             the
             ends
             of
             the
             Belt
             ;
             All
             three
             meeting
             together
             are
             fastened
             behind
             with
             a
             Horsetail
             or
             a
             Bunch
             of
             Silk-grass
             exactly
             resembling
             it
             ,
             of
             a
             ●axen
             coulour
             :
             This
             being
             all
             the
             Apparell
             or
             Covering
             that
             the
             Men
             wear
             ;
             And
             thus
             they
             clothed
             Us.
             A
             place
             was
             appointed
             for
             us
             ,
             Matts
             being
             laid
             on
             the
             Floor
             of
             the
             House
             ,
             where
             We
             were
             ordered
             to
             lye
             down
             :
             But
             the
             place
             was
             extream
             Nasty
             ;
             for
             all
             the
             Stones
             of
             the
             Berries
             which
             they
             eat
             and
             all
             the
             nastiness
             that
             's
             made
             amongst
             them
             lay
             on
             their
             Floore
             ,
             that
             the
             place
             warmed
             with
             abundance
             of
             many
             sorts
             of
             creeping
             things
             ;
             as
             a
             large
             black
             hairy
             Spider
             ,
             which
             hath
             two
             Claws
             like
             a
             
               Crabb
               ;
               Scorpions
            
             ;
             and
             a
             numberles
             number
             of
             small
             Buggs
             .
             On
             these
             Matts
             We
             lay
             ,
             these
             Vermin
             crawling
             over
             our
             naked
             Bodies
             .
             To
             brush
             them
             off
             was
             like
             driving
             of
             Muskettoes
             from
             one
             where
             they
             are
             extream
             thick
             .
             The
             Indians
             weare
             Seated
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             the
             Casseekey
             at
             the
             upperend
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             range
             of
             Cabins
             was
             fill'd
             with
             Men
             ,
             Women
             and
             Children
             ,
             beholding
             us
             .
             At
             length
             we
             heard
             a
             Woman
             or
             two
             cry
             ▪
             according
             to
             their
             manner
             ,
             and
             that
             very
             Sorrowfully
             One
             of
             which
             I
             took
             to
             bee
             the
             Casseekey●s
             Wife
             which
             occasioned
             some
             of
             us
             to
             think
             that
             something
             extraordinary
             was
             to
             be
             done
             to
             us
             We
             heard
             a
             strange
             sort
             of
             a
             noise
             which
             was
             not
             like
             unto
             a
             noise
             made
             by
             a
             Man
             ;
             but
             We
             could
             not
             understand
             what
             nor
             where
             it
             was
             ;
             for
             somtime
             it
             Sounded
             to
             be
             in
             one
             part
             of
             the
             House
             ,
             somtimes
             in
             another
             ,
             to
             which
             We
             had
             an
             ear
             .
             And
             in
             deed
             our
             
             ears
             and
             eyes
             could
             perceive
             or
             hear
             nothing
             but
             what
             was
             strange
             and
             dismall
             ;
             and
             Death
             seemed
             sorrounded
             us
             .
             But
             time
             discovered
             this
             Noise
             unto
             us
             .
          
           
             The
             occasion
             of
             it
             was
             thus
             .
             In
             one
             part
             of
             this
             House
             were
             the
             Fire
             was
             kept
             ,
             was
             an
             Indian
             Man
             ,
             having
             a
             Pott
             on
             the
             Fire
             wherein
             he
             was
             making
             a
             Drink
             of
             the
             Leaves
             of
             a
             Shrubb
             (
             which
             We
             understood
             Afterwards
             by
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             is
             called
             Casseena
             )
             ,
             boyling
             the
             said
             Leaves
             ,
             after
             they
             had
             Parched
             th●m
             in
             a
             Pott
             ;
             then
             with
             a
             Goard
             having
             a
             long
             Neck
             and
             at
             the
             Topp
             of
             it
             a
             small
             hole
             which
             the
             topp
             of
             ones●
             Finger
             could
             cover
             ,
             and
             at
             the
             side
             of
             it
             a
             round
             hole
             of
             two
             Inches
             diameter
             ,
             they
             take
             the
             Liquor
             out
             of
             the
             Pott
             and
             putt
             it
             into
             a
             deep
             round
             Bowle
             ,
             which
             being
             al
             most
             filled
             containeth
             nigh
             three
             Gallons
             :
             with
             this
             Goard
             they
             brew
             the
             Liquor
             and
             make
             it
             froth
             very
             much
             It
             looketh
             of
             a
             deep
             brown
             colour
             .
             In
             the
             ●rewing
             of
             this
             Liquor
             was
             his
             Noise
             made
             which
             we
             thought
             strange
             ;
             for
             the
             pressing
             of
             this
             goard
             gently
             down
             into
             the
             liquor
             ,
             and
             the
             air
             which
             it
             contained
             beeing
             forced
             out
             of
             the
             little
             hole
             at
             topp
             occasioned
             a
             sound
             ;
             and
             according
             to
             the
             time
             and
             motion
             given
             would
             be
             various
             ,
             This
             Drinck
             when
             made
             ,
             and
             coole
             to
             supp
             ,
             was
             in
             a
             Conch-shell
             first
             carried
             to
             the
             Casseekey
             ,
             who
             threw
             part
             of
             it
             on
             the
             Ground
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             hee
             drank
             op
             ,
             and
             then
             would
             make
             a
             loud
             He●m
             ;
             and
             afterwards
             the
             Cupp
             Passed
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             
               Casseekey's
               Associates
            
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             but
             no
             other
             Man
             ,
             Woman
             nor
             Child
             must
             touch
             or
             tast
             of
             this
             sort
             of
             Drinck
             ;
             of
             which
             they
             sat
             sipping
             ,
             Chatring
             and
             Smoaking
             Tabacco
             ,
             on
             some
             other
             Herb
             instead
             thereof
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             of
             the
             day
             .
          
           
           
             About
             Noon
             was
             some
             Fish
             brought
             us
             on
             small
             
               Palmetoe
               Leaves
            
             ,
             being
             boiled
             with
             scales
             ,
             head
             ,
             and
             Gills
             ,
             and
             nothing
             taken
             from
             them
             but
             the
             Gut●s
             ;
             but
             our
             troubles
             and
             Exercice
             were
             such
             that
             We
             cared
             not
             for
             food
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Evening
             ,
             we
             being
             laid
             on
             the
             place
             aforesaid
             the
             Indians
             made
             a
             Drumm
             of
             a
             skin
             ,
             covering
             there
             with
             the
             deep
             Bowle
             in
             which
             they
             Brew●d
             their
             Drink
             ,
             beating
             thereon
             with
             a
             Stick
             ,
             and
             having
             a
             couple
             of
             Rattles
             made
             of
             a
             small
             Goard
             put
             on
             a
             Stick
             with
             smal
             stones
             in
             it
             ,
             shaking
             it
             ,
             they
             began
             to
             sett
             up
             a
             most
             hideous
             howling
             ,
             very
             irksome
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             some
             time
             after
             came
             some
             of
             their
             Young
             Women
             ,
             some
             singing
             some
             dancing
             .
             This
             was
             continued
             till
             Mid-night
             ,
             after
             which
             they
             went
             to
             sleep
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             Mth.
             1.
             the
             5
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             the
             Casseekey
             looking
             on
             us
             pleasantly
             ,
             m●de
             Presents
             to
             some
             of
             us
             ,
             especially
             to
             my
             Wi●●
             ;
             he
             gave
             her
             a
             Parcell
             of
             Shelfish
             ,
             which
             are
             known
             by
             the
             name
             of
             Clamms
             ;
             One
             or
             two
             he
             roasted
             and
             gave
             her
             ,
             shewing
             that
             she
             must
             serve
             the
             rest
             so
             ,
             and
             eat
             them
             .
             The
             Indian
             Women
             would
             take
             our
             Child
             and
             Suckle
             It
             ,
             for
             It
             's
             Mother's
             Milk
             was
             almost
             gone
             that
             it
             could
             not
             gett
             a
             Meal
             :
             And
             our
             Child
             ,
             which
             had
             been
             att
             Death's-Door
             from
             the
             time
             of
             It's
             Birth
             un●●l
             We
             w●re
             cast
             away
             began
             now
             to
             be
             cheerfull
             ,
             and
             have
             an
             appetite
             to
             food
             ;
             It
             had
             no
             covering
             but
             a
             small
             piece
             of
             raw
             Deare
             Skin
             ;
             not
             a
             shred
             of
             Linne●
             or
             Wollen
             to
             putt
             on
             it
             .
          
           
             About
             the
             tenth
             hour
             ,
             wee
             observed
             the
             Indians
             to
             b●e
             on
             a
             sudden
             motion
             ,
             most
             of
             the
             principall
             of
             the●
             betook
             themselves
             to
             their
             houses
             :
             The
             Casseekey
             went
             to
             dressing
             his
             head
             and
             painting
             himself
             ,
             and
             
             so
             also
             did
             the
             rest
             :
             When
             they
             had
             done
             ,
             they
             came
             into
             the
             Casseekey's
             house
             ,
             and
             seated
             themselves
             in
             Order
             .
             In
             a
             small
             time
             after
             came
             an
             Indian
             with
             some
             small
             Attendance
             in
             to
             the
             house
             ,
             making
             a
             Ceremoneous
             Motion
             ,
             and
             seated
             himself
             by
             the
             C●sseekey
             ,
             the
             persons
             that
             came
             with
             him
             seated
             themselves
             amongst
             the
             others
             ,
             After
             some
             small
             pause
             the
             Casseekey
             began
             a
             Discourse
             ,
             which
             held
             nigh
             an
             hour
             .
             After
             which
             the
             Strange
             Indian
             and
             His
             companions
             went
             forth
             to
             the
             waterside
             ,
             unto
             their
             Cannooe
             lying
             in
             the
             Sound
             ,
             and
             returned
             Presently
             with
             such
             Presents
             as
             they
             had
             brought
             ,
             delivering
             them
             unto
             the
             Ca●seekey
             ,
             and
             those
             sitting
             by
             giving
             an
             Applause
             .
             The
             presents
             were
             some
             few
             Bunches
             of
             the
             Herb
             they
             make
             their
             Drink
             of
             ,
             and
             another
             Herb
             which
             they
             use
             instead
             of
             Tobacco
             ,
             and
             some
             platted
             Balls
             stuffed
             with
             Moss
             to
             lay
             their
             Heads
             on
             instead
             of
             Pillows
             .
             The
             Ceremony
             being
             ended
             ,
             they
             all
             seated
             themselves
             again
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             drinking
             Casseena
             ,
             Smoaking
             and
             talking
             during
             the
             Strangers
             stay
             ,
          
           
             About
             Noon
             some
             Fish
             was
             brought
             us
             :
             Hunger
             was
             grown
             strong
             upon
             ,
             and
             the
             Quantity
             given
             was
             not
             much
             more
             than
             each
             a
             Mouthfull
             ;
             which
             We
             eat
             :
             The
             Casseekey
             ordered
             the
             
               Master
               Joseph
               Kirle
               Solomon
               Cr●sson
            
             ,
             My
             Wife
             and
             Me
             ,
             to
             sitt
             upon
             their
             Cabin
             to
             eat
             our
             Fish
             ;
             and
             they
             gave
             us
             some
             of
             their
             Berries
             to
             eat
             .
             We
             ●asted
             them
             ,
             but
             not
             one
             amongst
             us
             could
             suffer
             them
             to
             stay
             in
             our
             Mouths
             ;
             for
             We
             could
             compare
             the
             Tast
             of
             them
             to
             nothing
             else
             ,
             but
             rotten
             Cheese
             steep'd
             in
             Tobacco
             .
             Sometime
             after
             We
             had
             eaten
             ,
             some
             of
             the
             Indians
             asked
             us
             ,
             if
             We
             vvere
             
               Spaniards
               ?
               Solomon
            
             ansvvered
             them
             ,
             Yes
             .
             Then
             some
             off
             the
             Indians
             vvould
             point
             to
             those
             vvhose
             
             Hair
             was
             black
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             deep
             Brown
             ,
             and
             say
             such
             a
             one
             was
             a
             
               Spanjard
               of
            
             the
             Havana
             ,
             and
             such
             
               of
               Augusteen
            
             :
             but
             those
             whose
             Hair
             was
             of
             a
             light
             colour
             they
             were
             doubtfull
             of
             ;
             some
             would
             say
             they
             were
             no
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             About
             the
             third
             hour
             in
             the
             afternoon
             the
             Strangers
             went
             away
             ,
             and
             some
             small
             time
             after
             they
             having
             satis●y'd
             themselves
             that
             most
             of
             us
             vvere
             Spaniards
             ,
             told
             us
             that
             We
             should
             be
             sent
             for
             to
             the
             next
             Town
             ;
             And
             They
             tould
             us
             that
             there
             vvas
             a
             Nickaleer
             off
             ,
             and
             We
             understood
             them
             [
             
               English-Men
               off
               Bristoll
            
             ]
             ,
             also
             the
             Number
             
               Six
               Men
            
             and
             a
             Woman
             :
             And
             that
             they
             vvere
             to
             be
             put
             to
             Death
             before
             We
             should
             gett
             thither
             .
             We
             vvere
             silent
             ,
             although
             much
             concerned
             to
             hear
             that
             Report
             .
             They
             also
             told
             us
             that
             a
             Messenger
             vvould
             come
             For
             us
             to
             direct
             us
             to
             the
             next
             Town
             ,
             thence
             to
             Augusteen
             .
          
           
             Night
             coming
             on
             they
             betook
             themselves
             to
             their
             accustomed
             S●●ging
             and
             Dancing
             .
          
           
             About
             the
             Tenth
             or
             Tvvelfth
             hour
             in
             the
             Night
             before
             the
             Singing
             and
             Dancing
             vvas
             ended
             ,
             came
             in
             a
             Stranger
             armed
             vvith
             Bow
             and
             Arrows
             :
             the
             Ca●seekey
             and
             his
             Companions
             entertained
             him
             vvith
             hal●
             an
             hour's
             Discourse
             ,
             vvhich
             ended
             ,
             We
             vvere
             on
             a
             sudden
             ordered
             to
             gett
             up
             and
             hurryed
             avvay
             vvith
             this
             Stranger
             ,
             they
             not
             giving
             us
             time
             to
             see
             
               if
               we
            
             vvere
             all
             together
             ;
             and
             a
             
               Troop
               of
               Young
               Indian-Men
            
             and
             Boy
             's
             Followed
             us
             for
             about
             Four
             miles
             ,
             all
             which
             Way
             they
             pelted
             us
             with
             Stones
             :
             Att
             length
             they
             all
             left
             us
             except
             Two
             and
             our
             Guide
             ;
             but
             We
             missed
             
               Solomon
               Cre●son
            
             ,
             and
             
               Joseph
               Kirle's
               Boy
            
             ,
             and
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             ;
             Which
             was
             no
             small
             trouble
             to
             us
             .
          
           
             We
             had
             not
             travelled
             above
             Five
             Miles
             before
             our
             
             Guide
             caused
             us
             to
             stop
             ;
             and
             at
             some
             small
             distance
             was
             an
             Indian-Town
             ,
             which
             I
             suppose
             our
             Guide
             belonged
             to
             ;
             For
             Indians
             came
             thence
             with
             Fire
             and
             Water
             for
             Him
             ,
             and
             with
             Palmetoe-Leaves
             they
             made
             a
             blast
             of
             Fire
             :
             Here
             We
             stayed
             nigh
             two
             hours
             :
             The
             Fly●s
             were
             very
             thick
             ,
             and
             the
             Night
             very
             Cold
             ,
             so
             that
             our
             naked
             bodies
             were
             not
             able
             to
             endure
             it
             but
             with
             grief
             .
             At
             length
             we
             left
             this
             place
             ;
             the
             whole
             night
             following
             were
             troubled
             with
             these
             two
             young
             Indians
             ,
             who
             at
             times
             would
             be
             abuseing
             one
             or
             other
             of
             us
             ,
             singleing
             them
             out
             and
             asking
             If
             they
             were
             not
             Nickaleer
             ,
             or
             English
             ?
             If
             they
             said
             ,
             nay
             ,
             then
             they
             would
             hitt
             them
             a
             Blow
             or
             more
             with
             a
             Truncheon
             ,
             which
             they
             had
             ;
             and
             said
             ,
             They
             were
             .
             We
             traveled
             all
             Night
             without
             stopping
             from
             the
             aforesaid
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
             8
             Month
             2.
             the
             6
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             After
             Sun-rising
             We
             came
             up
             with
             the
             Wrack
             of
             the
             Ve●sell
             that
             We
             heard
             that
             was
             cast
             away
             .
             She
             was
             Staved
             all
             to
             pieces
             ,
             for
             her
             Keeleson
             was
             driven
             a
             shoar
             .
             We
             saw
             
               Sugar-Hogs
               heads
               ,
               Ginger
            
             and
             Logwood
             ;
             which
             gave
             us
             to
             suppose
             tha
             it
             was
             one
             of
             our
             Fleet
             ,
             and
             we
             thought
             it
             to
             be
             either
             Burroughs
             or
             Smith
             ,
             belonging
             to
             Bristoll
             .
             A
             Mile
             or
             more
             from
             hence
             We
             came
             to
             an
             Inlett
             ;
             our
             Guide
             told
             us
             ,
             We
             must
             Swimm
             over
             ,
             except
             my
             Wife
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             ;
             but
             We
             signifyed
             that
             We
             could
             not
             :
             He
             carried
             
               Robert
               Barrow
               ,
               Ioseph
               Kirle
               ,
               Me
               ,
            
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child
             over
             first
             ;
             and
             at
             length
             the
             hole
             Company
             ,
             for
             it
             was
             a
             great
             way
             over
             :
             By
             that
             time
             We
             were
             all
             gott
             over
             ,
             the
             days
             was
             hott
             ,
             and
             my
             Wife
             quite
             tyred
             faint
             as
             also
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             and
             
               Io●eph
               Kirle
            
             ,
             whose
             Legg
             was
             grown
             so
             painfull
             that
             it
             overcame
             him
             .
             We
             go●
             
             ●nder
             a
             Grape-Bush
             for
             shelter
             from
             the
             Sun
             ,
             I
             sent
             one
             of
             my
             Negroes
             to
             seek
             for
             Water
             for
             them
             ;
             but
             ther●
             was
             none
             to
             be
             had
             ;
             but
             he
             gott
             some
             Seaside-Grapes
             ,
             which
             with
             resting
             refresht
             the
             Weak
             and
             Lame
             .
          
           
             Our
             Guide
             was
             for
             ●orceing
             us
             forward
             ;
             so
             We
             travelled
             about
             four
             or
             five
             Miles
             further
             ,
             and
             mett
             with
             the
             Casseekey
             of
             this
             Town
             and
             Commander
             of
             the
             Northern
             part
             of
             this
             Coast
             .
             He
             was
             an
             Antient
             Man
             ;
             his
             Beard
             and
             Hair
             Gray
             :
             He
             inquired
             for
             the
             Captain
             ,
             so
             our
             People
             pointed
             to
             
               Io●eph
               Kirle
            
             whom
             He
             went
             to
             and
             embraced
             him
             ;
             then
             he
             asked
             for
             our
             Mate
             or
             Pilot.
             This
             Man
             could
             speak
             Spanish
             better
             than
             any
             we
             had
             mett
             with
             yet
             ;
             but
             not
             so
             well
             as
             to
             discourse
             ,
             only
             to
             ask
             some
             Questions
             ,
             and
             We
             had
             three
             or
             four
             amongst
             us
             could
             make
             a
             shift
             to
             answer
             Him
             ,
             for
             Solomon
             was
             kept
             behind
             .
             This
             old
             Casseekey
             seemed
             to
             have
             Compassion
             on
             us
             ,
             and
             said
             ,
             That
             those
             People
             ho
             had
             served
             us
             thus
             in
             Stripping
             of
             us
             were
             Rogues
             .
             But
             we
             were
             His
             Comerradoes
             ,
             or
             Friends
             ,
             withall
             He
             said
             ,
             In
             Few
             days
             ,
             He
             would
             carry
             us
             to
             Augusteen
             ;
             and
             thereupon
             He
             told
             us
             of
             
               Six
               English-Men
            
             ,
             and
             One
             Women
             ,
             being
             at
             His
             Town
             :
             We
             inquired
             if
             He
             intended
             them
             for
             Augusteen
             ?
             But
             He
             would
             shake
             his
             head
             and
             point
             to
             the
             Southward
             ,
             saying
             ,
             Nickaleer
             ,
             no
             
               Comerradoe
               (
               English-Men
            
             were
             not
             his
             Friends
             )
             Which
             words
             were
             unpleasant
             to
             us
             .
             This
             People
             kept
             us
             Company
             till
             We
             came
             within
             a
             Mile
             or
             two
             of
             their
             Town
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             left
             Us
             ,
             they
             going
             faster
             gott
             in
             before
             us
             .
             Their
             Town
             stood
             about
             half
             a
             mile
             from
             the
             Sea-shoar
             whitin
             the
             Land
             on
             the
             Sound
             ,
             being
             surrounded
             with
             a
             Swamp
             ,
             in
             which
             grew
             
               White
               Mangrove-Trees
            
             ,
             which
             ●id
             the
             Town
             from
             the
             Sea.
             We
             were
             directed
             to
             the
             
             Casseekey's
             house
             ,
             which
             were
             large
             ,
             and
             filled
             with
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             then
             ordered
             to
             sitt
             down
             .
             The
             Old
             Casseekey
             fetched
             some
             Water
             ,
             and
             washed
             
               Rober●
               Barrow●s
            
             Feet
             ,
             and
             my
             Wife
             's
             ;
             After
             which
             He
             got●
             some
             Canvass
             and
             
               Crocus
               ,
               Ginger-baggs
            
             ,
             which
             they
             had
             gott
             out
             of
             the
             Vessell
             that
             was
             cast
             on
             Shoar
             ;
             which
             was
             distrubuted
             amongs
             us
             .
             
               Ioseph
               Kirle
            
             had
             a
             Coat
             given
             him
             ,
             which
             they
             had
             taken
             from
             the
             People
             of
             the
             other
             Vessel
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             rent
             down
             the
             Back
             .
             My
             Wife
             had
             two
             pieces
             of
             Sail-Canvass
             given
             her
             ;
             and
             I
             with
             others
             had
             each
             a
             
               Crocus
               Ginger
               ,
               Bagg
            
             .
             They
             gave
             a
             piece
             of
             a
             Barber
             's
             old
             Linuen
             st●●r
             in
             biggness
             of
             a
             small
             hand-kerchif
             to
             cover
             our
             Child
             .
             This
             was
             all
             our
             
               Clothing
               :
               Robert
               Bnrrow
            
             and
             my
             Wife
             were
             quite
             spent
             with
             travelling
             bare-foot
             on
             the
             hott
             Sand
             ,
             having
             bruised
             their
             feet
             ,
             and
             with
             stumps
             Stones
             and
             prickles
             ,
             their
             Feet
             ,
             especially
             Robert-Barrow's
             had
             holes
             in
             them
             ,
             that
             one
             might
             have
             putt
             the
             topp
             of
             ones
             Thumb
             in
             .
             We
             were
             directed
             to
             lye
             down
             on
             a
             Cabin
             .
             The
             other
             Vessel'●
             Company
             were
             one
             
               Iohn
               Smith
               Master
            
             of
             the
             Nantwitch
             ,
             a
             Barque
             belonging
             to
             Bristoll
             ,
             which
             came
             out
             of
             ●um●ica
             with
             us
             ,
             with
             five
             Men
             and
             one
             Woman
             ,
             viz.
             
               Andrew
               Murray
               Merchant
               ,
               Andrew
               Barnes
               Mate
               ,
               Hugh
               Allen
               ,
               Iohn
               Osler
               ,
               Iohn
               Shears
            
             and
             
               Cornelius
               Toker
               ;
               Two
               ●oys
            
             with
             a
             
               Woman
               Passenger
            
             named
             Pene●ope
             .
             We
             took
             an
             opportunity
             to
             discourse
             them
             .
             They
             were
             cast
             away
             the
             same
             Night
             We
             were
             ,
             and
             their
             Vessell
             being
             forced
             by
             the
             Storm
             (
             they
             not
             being
             able
             for
             two
             days
             before
             to
             carry
             any
             Sail
             )
             on
             shoar
             ,
             they
             gott
             into
             their
             Boat
             and
             so
             on
             shoar
             :
             And
             in
             a
             small
             time
             was
             a
             great
             part
             of
             their
             Wrack
             driven
             on
             shoar
             ;
             amongst
             which
             ,
             was
             a
             Barrel
             or
             more
             of
             Water
             ,
             
             some
             Barrels
             of
             Beefe
             or
             Pork
             ,
             with
             their
             Chests
             ?
             and
             many
             other
             things
             which
             they
             gott
             .
             On
             th●
             Morrow
             they
             designed
             to
             travell
             to
             the
             North-ward
             ;
             But
             
               Andrew
               Barnes
            
             their
             Mate
             having
             been
             a
             long
             time
             afflicted
             with
             a
             Flux
             which
             had
             wasted
             his
             Body
             to
             Skin
             and
             Bone
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             was
             not
             able
             to
             help
             himself
             ,
             they
             left
             Him
             and
             travelled
             a
             Mile
             or
             more
             and
             came
             to
             the
             In●e●t
             which
             they
             could
             not
             pass
             :
             Whereupon
             they
             returned
             back
             again
             to
             take
             their
             Boat
             ;
             but
             at
             their
             return
             ,
             before
             they
             could
             gett
             away
             with
             their
             Boat
             ,
             they
             espyed
             the
             Indians
             comeing
             on
             them
             ,
             who
             soon
             gott
             to
             them
             ;
             asked
             in
             Spanish
             what
             Nation
             they
             were
             ?
             If
             
               Spanjards
               ,
               English
            
             ,
             or
             French.
             But
             the
             Indians
             made
             Signs
             to
             give
             them
             their
             Clothing
             ;
             which
             they
             readily
             did
             .
             But
             still
             they
             inquired
             Of
             what
             Nation
             ?
             At
             first
             they
             answered
             ,
             Spanjards
             ;
             but
             the
             Natives
             looked
             to
             furiously
             that
             they
             soon
             Answered
             them
             ,
             English-Men
             .
             Thereupon
             every
             one
             had
             it
             ,
             
               Nickaleer
               ,
               Nickaleer
            
             .
             And
             then
             they
             very
             eagerly
             Stript
             them
             of
             all
             that
             they
             had
             on
             them
             :
             After
             which
             they
             drove
             them
             away
             to
             the
             North-ward
             unto
             their
             Town
             ;
             but
             
               Andriew
               Barnes
            
             being
             not
             able
             to
             stand
             nor
             goe
             ,
             was
             left
             behind
             ,
             after
             they
             had
             stript
             him
             ,
             on
             the
             Land
             naked
             when
             they
             were
             driven
             away
             .
             Before
             they
             gott
             to
             the
             Town
             ,
             the
             
               Indian
               Casseekey
            
             gave
             them
             some
             Clothing
             ,
             and
             no
             violence
             vvas
             offered
             to
             their
             persons
             .
             They
             had
             plenty
             of
             Fish
             and
             Berrles
             to
             the
             time
             of
             our
             comeing
             .
             
               John
               Smith
            
             and
             
               Andrew
               Morray
            
             had
             their
             being
             in
             the
             
               C●sseekey's
               House
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Woman
             named
             Penelope
             :
             The
             rest
             of
             Smith●s
             people
             lodged
             in
             other
             Indian-Houses
             .
             But
             on
             our
             comeing
             ,
             the
             Old
             Casseekey
             told
             them
             ,
             they
             must
             turn
             out
             ,
             and
             make
             room
             for
             the
             Spanjards
             :
             
             But
             Smith
             and
             Morrey
             would
             not
             g●●
             ;
             and
             the
             Indian
             did
             not
             force
             them
             out
             .
             In
             some●ime
             aft●r
             We
             had
             been
             in
             the
             house
             ,
             came
             in
             Indian-Women
             loaden
             with
             Basketts
             of
             Berries
             ,
             mostly
             of
             the
             Palm
             ,
             some
             Sea-side
             Co●●o-Plumbs
             and
             Sea-side
             Grapes
             :
             Of
             the
             two
             latter
             We
             could
             eat
             ;
             but
             of
             the
             Palm-Berries
             We
             could
             not
             bear
             the
             Tast
             in
             our
             Mouths
             .
             We
             laid
             our selves
             on
             the.
             Cabbin
             ,
             on
             that
             part
             which
             vvas
             appointed
             us
             ;
             on
             the
             o●her
             part
             the
             young
             Casseeley
             or
             King
             lay
             being
             Parted
             by
             a
             Chest
             that
             stood
             thereon
             :
             before
             Night
             vvas
             a
             parcell
             of
             large
             Fish
             calleb
             Drumms
             brought
             in
             :
             The
             Old
             Casseekey
             told
             
               Ioseph
               Kirle
            
             ,
             that
             those
             were
             for
             the
             Spanjards
             ,
             and
             bidd
             him
             lett
             some
             body
             to
             dress
             them
             .
             He
             also
             ordered
             us
             a
             Pott
             .
             They
             were
             soon
             dressed
             ,
             and
             We
             eat
             them
             .
             Night
             being
             come
             the
             Old
             Casseekey
             enquired
             after
             our
             losses
             ;
             which
             We
             ,
             as
             vvel
             as
             We
             could
             ,
             gave
             him
             to
             understand
             ,
             that
             in
             our
             Vessel
             was
             a
             grear
             deal
             of
             Clothing
             and
             Money
             ,
             which
             the
             Indians
             at
             Hoebay
             had
             taken
             from
             us
             .
             He
             understood
             so
             much
             of
             the
             matter
             that
             he
             grew
             covetous
             ,
             and
             said
             ,
             He
             would
             go
             and
             gett
             some
             of
             it
             from
             them
             .
          
           
             About
             Mid-Night
             came
             
               Solomon
               Cresson
            
             in
             a
             Cannooe
             with
             
               two
               Indians
            
             .
             The
             Old
             Casseekey
             began
             to
             examine
             him
             concerning
             our
             Vessell
             ,
             Goods
             and
             Mony
             ,
             or
             plate
             ;
             which
             Solomon
             rendred
             a
             further
             Account
             unto
             him
             of
             then
             We
             could
             :
             Which
             caused
             him
             to
             resolve
             ,
             on
             the
             Morrovv
             to
             provide
             Men
             and
             Boats
             ,
             and
             to
             goe
             dovvn
             the
             Sound
             to
             Hoebay
             ,
             to
             have
             part
             from
             them
             ;
             He
             vvould
             have
             had
             Solomon
             to
             have
             gone
             vvith
             him
             ,
             but
             Solomon
             refused
             .
          
           
             We
             inquired
             of
             Solomon
             concerning
             his
             stay
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             and
             
               Joseph
               Kirle's
               Boy
            
             :
             He
             said
             
             that
             he
             was
             stayed
             by
             force
             ;
             but
             the
             Negroe
             and
             th●
             Boy
             were
             asleep
             in
             another
             house
             vvhen
             We
             vvere
             driven
             avvay
             .
             They
             had
             a
             design
             in
             staying
             of
             Solomon
             vvhich
             he
             could
             not
             rightly
             understand
             ;
             but
             supposed
             that
             they
             doubted
             that
             We
             were
             not
             all
             Spaniards
             ;
             for
             the
             Indians
             of
             
               St.
               a
               Lucea
            
             would
             say
             to
             Solomon
             that
             he
             was
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             and
             some
             others
             ;
             but
             the
             most
             of
             us
             were
             not
             Spaniards
             ;
             and
             that
             they
             had
             stolen
             Sclomon
             :
             But
             Solomon
             denyed
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             8
             Month
             3.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Old
             Casseekey
             with
             
               two
               Cannooes
            
             and
             Tenn
             Indians
             with
             him
             went
             hence
             for
             Hoebay
             .
             He
             promised
             us
             that
             as
             soon
             as
             he
             returned
             ,
             He
             would
             carry
             us
             for
             Augusteen
             :
             which
             he
             supposed
             would
             be
             in
             six
             days
             ,
             if
             he
             had
             good
             weather
             .
             But
             this
             Day
             the
             Wind
             was
             gott
             to
             the
             North-East
             ,
             and
             it
             lookt
             as
             though
             the
             weather
             would
             be
             stormy
             .
             The
             Wind
             increased
             ,
             and
             towards
             Evening
             the
             Water
             in
             the
             Sound
             did
             rise
             that
             it
             began
             to
             cover
             the
             Land
             ,
             and
             came
             into
             the
             Houses
             ;
             but
             We
             had
             little
             or
             no
             Rain
             till
             Night
             :
             Then
             the
             Wind
             increased
             and
             Rain
             also
             .
          
        
         
           
             8
             Mt.
             4.
             the
             1.
             o●
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Wind
             was
             violent
             with
             Rain
             ;
             the
             Kings
             House
             was
             Knee-deep
             with
             Water
             ,
             and
             like
             to
             continue
             riseing
             .
             I
             removed
             with
             my
             
               Wife
               ,
               Child
               ,
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             and
             
               Benjamin
               Allen
            
             to
             an
             
               Indian
               House
            
             that
             stood
             on
             a
             hill
             of
             Oyster-shells
             :
             In
             this
             House
             We
             remained
             this
             day
             ;
             the
             Wind
             continuing
             at
             North-East
             very
             violent
             ,
             and
             by
             reason
             of
             much
             Rain
             ,
             the
             Water
             rising
             every
             hour
             ,
             the
             Indians
             began
             to
             putt
             their
             dry
             Berries
             into
             their
             Cannooes
             ,
             and
             to
             seek
             which
             way
             to
             secure
             them
             .
             Severall
             Indians
             betook
             themselves
             to
             their
             Boats
             and
             carried
             what
             they
             had
             to
             some
             
             high
             Land
             a
             considerable
             distance
             ,
             where
             a
             place
             was
             made
             for
             their
             Casseekey
             or
             King.
             But
             before
             Day
             the
             house
             we
             were
             in
             was
             a
             float
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             were
             for
             turning
             us
             out
             ,
             bidding
             us
             take
             an
             old
             Cannooe
             that
             had
             a
             hole
             in
             the
             side
             of
             her
             almost
             at
             the
             bottom
             bigg
             enough
             for
             a
             man
             to
             put
             his
             hand
             through
             ;
             so
             that
             she
             was
             full
             of
             water
             :
             in
             this
             Cannooe
             they
             would
             have
             had
             us
             shifted
             for
             out
             selves
             ;
             but
             We
             were
             not
             willing
             to
             go
             :
             the
             Indians
             made
             signs
             for
             us
             to
             be
             gone
             divers
             times
             :
             At
             length
             they
             grew
             angry
             ,
             and
             took
             my
             
               Kinsman
               Allen
            
             into
             the
             Cannooe
             ,
             and
             carried
             him
             away
             :
             In
             a
             little
             time
             after
             returned
             with
             the
             Cannooe
             〈◊〉
             bid
             me
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             be
             gone
             .
             By
             this
             time
             day
             appeared
             ,
             the
             wind
             and
             Rain
             still
             violent
             .
             I
             then
             saw
             a
             house
             on
             another
             Oyster-hill
             that
             the
             water
             was
             not
             gott
             over
             yet
             ;
             to
             which
             I
             gott
             and
             asked
             by
             signs
             if
             I
             might
             be
             there
             ?
             The
             Indians
             seemed
             willing
             :
             so
             thither
             I
             gott
             my
             wife
             child
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             ,
             and
             remained
             there
             .
             All
             this
             day
             the
             wind
             was
             violent
             ,
             it
             rained
             and
             the
             Flood
             continued
             .
             We
             imagined
             that
             the
             Sea
             was
             broke
             in
             upon
             the
             Land
             ,
             and
             that
             We
             should
             be
             drowned
             .
             The
             houses
             was
             almost
             blown
             to
             pieces
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             often
             a
             tying
             and
             mending
             it
             .
             The
             Chief
             man
             of
             this
             house
             caused
             his
             Wife
             to
             Suckle
             our
             Child
             ;
             for
             it
             was
             almost
             famished
             ,
             its
             Mother
             having
             no
             Milk
             in
             her
             Breast
             ;
             for
             We
             had
             received
             no
             susstainance
             since
             the
             storm
             began
             :
             Fresh
             Water
             was
             not
             to
             be
             had
             ,
             the
             Land
             being
             covered
             with
             the
             Sea.
             The
             Indians
             offered
             us
             some
             of
             their
             Berries
             ,
             which
             We
             endeavoured
             to
             eat
             ;
             but
             could
             not
             ;
             the
             tast
             was
             so
             irksome
             and
             ready
             to
             take
             our
             breath
             from
             us
             ,
             when
             we
             treyed
             to
             eat
             them
             ;
             but
             we
             expected
             that
             if
             the
             Flood
             continued
             longer
             ,
             We
             should
             not
             need
             for
             Water
             .
             
             Yet
             nevertheless
             we
             enjoying
             health
             and
             strength
             ,
             and
             hunger
             growing
             violent
             ,
             we
             would
             be
             tasting
             the
             Berries
             ,
             though
             we
             would
             reap
             no
             satisfaction
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             Mth.
             6.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Flood
             began
             to
             come
             into
             this
             house
             also
             ;
             the
             Indians
             seemed
             much
             concerned
             :
             the
             Storm
             of
             wind
             and
             rain
             held
             till
             about
             Mid-day
             ;
             at
             which
             time
             the
             wind
             shifted
             South-west
             ,
             with
             the
             rain
             ;
             but
             in
             some
             few
             hours
             the
             Flood
             began
             to
             aba●e
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             mht.
             7.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             day
             Noon
             the
             Water
             fell
             many
             feet
             ,
             and
             I
             vvent
             out
             to
             see
             our
             people
             whom
             I
             left
             in
             the
             Kings-House
             :
             I
             found
             them
             where
             I
             left
             them
             .
             All
             the
             Indians
             had
             left
             the
             house
             ;
             and
             our
             People
             remained
             on
             the
             Cabin
             ,
             which
             was
             about
             four
             foot
             from
             the
             Floot
             .
             The
             Flood
             had
             ris●●
             within
             two
             or
             three
             Inches
             of
             the
             Topp
             of
             the
             Cabin
             ,
             and
             they
             said
             ,
             they
             expected
             to
             Dye
             there
             .
             We
             began
             to
             express
             our
             hunger
             and
             thirst
             each
             to
             other
             :
             but
             there
             was
             no
             help
             as
             yet
             for
             either
             ;
             We
             w●nt
             to
             the
             Springs
             ,
             but
             they
             were
             all
             salt
             as
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             we
             would
             be
             striving
             with
             the
             Berries
             ;
             but
             they
             were
             so
             Offensive
             unto
             us
             that
             we
             could
             reap
             no
             satisfaction
             from
             them
             .
             VVe
             went
             a
             begging
             at
             times
             to
             the
             Indian-women
             to
             Suckle
             out
             Child
             ;
             which
             they
             would
             seldom
             deny
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             mth
             .
             8.
             th
             5
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             we
             got
             some
             water
             to
             drink
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             very
             brackish
             ,
             and
             at
             best
             not
             very
             good
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             ●th
             .
             9.
             th
             6
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             the
             
               Young
               Casseekey
            
             returned
             to
             his
             house
             with
             his
             Chest
             and
             other
             things
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             the
             8
             mth
             .
             10.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             We
             gott
             a
             Meal
             of
             Fish
             the
             greatest
             plenty
             we
             had
             received
             since
             we
             were
             here
             .
             We
             longed
             for
             the
             Old
             Casseekey's
             return
             ,
             and
             reared
             that
             〈◊〉
             bad
             weather
             would
             lengthen
             the
             time
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             mth
             .
             11.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             early
             came
             a
             Messenger
             giving
             an
             Account
             that
             the
             Old
             Casseekey
             was
             within
             some
             few
             leagues
             of
             the
             Town
             ;
             and
             that
             we
             might
             expect
             him
             this
             Fore-noon
             ;
             within
             the
             time
             he
             came
             in
             sight
             a
             We
             all
             drew
             down
             to
             the
             Water-side
             to
             receive
             him
             ;
             We
             perceived
             He
             came
             in
             State
             ,
             having
             his
             two
             C●nnooes
             lashed
             together
             with
             Poles
             a
             thwart
             from
             the
             one
             tot
             he
             other
             ,
             making
             a
             Platt
             form
             ,
             which
             being
             covered
             with
             a
             Matt
             ,
             on
             it
             stood
             a
             Chest
             ,
             which
             was
             belonging
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             my
             
               Negroe-Eoy
               Cesar
            
             ,
             which
             the
             Casseekey
             of
             Hoe-Bay
             took
             from
             me
             ,
             whom
             he
             had
             gott
             from
             the
             Indians
             at
             Hoe-bay
             :
             Upon
             this
             Chest
             he
             ●●t
             cross-legged
             ,
             being
             newly
             painted
             redd
             ,
             His
             men
             with
             Poles
             setting
             the
             Cannooes
             along
             unto
             the
             shoar
             Seeing
             us
             ,
             He
             cryed
             [
             Wough
             ]
             and
             looked
             very
             ster●ly
             at
             us
             .
             He
             was
             received
             by
             his
             People
             with
             great
             homage
             ,
             holding
             out
             his
             hands
             (
             as
             their
             custom
             is
             )
             to
             be
             kissed
             ,
             having
             his
             Chest
             carried
             before
             Him
             unto
             his
             house
             ,
             whither
             he
             went
             ,
             the
             house
             being
             filled
             with
             Indians
             .
             The
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             began
             and
             held
             a
             Discourse
             for
             some
             hours
             ,
             giving
             an
             account
             as
             We
             suppose
             ,
             what
             he
             heard
             and
             saw
             ;
             in
             wich
             discourse
             he
             would
             often
             mention
             Nickaleer
             ;
             which
             caused
             us
             to
             fear
             that
             all
             things
             were
             not
             well
             .
             After
             he
             had
             told
             his
             story
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             the
             
               Elder
               Indians
            
             had
             exprest
             their
             sentiments
             thereof
             .
             they
             drank
             Ca●seena
             and
             Smoaked
             untill
             Evening
             .
             The
             House
             being
             clean
             ,
             
             the
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             looking
             very
             unpleasantly
             ,
             shewed
             unto
             us
             severall
             things
             which
             he
             had
             gott
             ;
             as
             a
             Hatchet
             ,
             a
             Knife
             ,
             the
             Chest
             and
             many
             other
             things
             ,
             asking
             us
             ,
             if
             they
             were
             not
             ours
             ?
             Which
             we
             owned
             ;
             whereupon
             he
             would
             say
             ,
             they
             were
             Nickaleer
             (
             of
             English
             )
             :
             We
             signifyed
             that
             We
             had
             them
             of
             the
             English
             ,
             but
             our
             Money
             was
             Spanish
             .
             towards
             the
             Evening
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               My self
            
             and
             Solomon
             gott
             an
             Opportunity
             to
             discourse
             him
             ;
             We
             began
             to
             urge
             his
             promise
             of
             carrying
             us
             for
             Augusteen
             .
             At
             First
             he
             stated
             his
             hardships
             and
             labour
             to
             Hoe-Bay
             and
             back
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             must
             have
             time
             to
             rest
             ,
             before
             he
             could
             go
             out
             again
             ;
             then
             He
             told
             us
             ,
             the
             way
             was
             long
             and
             would
             be
             tedious
             ,
             and
             that
             at
             severall
             places
             we
             must
             draw
             the
             Cannooes
             over
             Land
             for
             a
             great
             distance
             ;
             He
             also
             mentioned
             how
             many
             Towns
             there
             were
             between
             this
             and
             Augusteen
             ,
             in
             number
             Tenn
             ;
             But
             nigh
             the
             conclusion
             ,
             he
             setting
             an
             angry
             countenance
             upon
             us
             ,
             told
             us
             that
             at
             Hoe-Bay
             he
             was
             informed
             that
             We
             should
             say
             ,
             We
             were
             all
             
             English-men
             ;
             after
             he
             said
             this
             ,
             in
             an
             angry
             manner
             he
             turn'd
             from
             us
             and
             went
             away
             .
          
           
             This
             laid
             al
             our
             hopes
             in
             the
             Dust
             ,
             and
             We
             soon
             perceived
             the
             Indians
             grew
             jealous
             of
             us
             ;
             for
             they
             would
             now
             daily
             be
             asking
             us
             ,
             if
             We
             were
             not
             Nickaleer
             ?
             or
             English
             ?
             And
             would
             not
             seem
             satisfy'd
             with
             a
             denyall
             .
             Many
             days
             were
             spent
             ,
             and
             the
             time
             drew
             nigh
             that
             we
             understood
             the
             Old
             Casseekey
             was
             intended
             for
             Augusteen
             ;
             hereupon
             we
             applyed
             our selves
             to
             him
             ,
             requesting
             that
             if
             all
             might
             not
             go
             ,
             he
             would
             carry
             some
             of
             us
             ;
             but
             he
             told
             us
             ,
             he
             would
             carry
             but
             one
             .
             This
             putt
             us
             on
             Q●erying
             which
             of
             us
             should
             be
             that
             One.
             The
             generality
             was
             for
             Me
             :
             But
             I
             and
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             were
             for
             Solomon
             ,
             because
             he
             could
             speake
             the
             
             Spanish-Language
             well
             ,
             and
             no
             other
             of
             us
             could
             ;
             And
             should
             any
             other
             of
             us
             have
             gone
             and
             come
             amongst
             those
             Indians
             to
             the
             North-ward
             ,
             who
             we
             supposed
             could
             speake
             the
             Spanish-Language
             well
             ,
             We
             should
             be
             discovered
             to
             be
             what
             these
             People
             did
             suppose
             we
             were
             ;
             therefore
             it
             might
             overtrow
             all
             our
             Expectations
             ;
             but
             Solomon
             might
             pass
             all
             those
             Objections
             .
             These
             reasons
             did
             not
             satisfy
             our
             People
             so
             that
             some
             of
             them
             grew
             Colerick
             :
             of
             which
             the
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             took
             notice
             ,
             and
             told
             Solomon
             ,
             that
             if
             they
             made
             such
             a
             stirt
             ,
             He
             would
             not
             carry
             one
             .
             If
             He
             did
             ,
             it
             should
             be
             either
             
               Solomon
               ,
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             ,
             or
             Me
             :
             whereupon
             we
             prevailed
             with
             Him
             that
             Solomon
             might
             go
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             made
             preparations
             ,
             the
             Casseekey
             appointing
             the
             number
             of
             Indians
             to
             go
             with
             Him
             ;
             also
             a
             Cannooe
             was
             sent
             for
             ,
             which
             when
             it
             came
             ,
             We
             found
             it
             to
             have
             belonged
             to
             the
             English
             ,
             by
             the
             maker
             of
             her
             .
             This
             Cannooe
             had
             a
             great
             hole
             in
             the
             head
             nigh
             the
             bottom
             with
             many
             very
             great
             rents
             and
             holes
             in
             her
             :
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             I
             were
             required
             to
             mend
             her
             which
             with
             much
             a
             do
             was
             accomplished
             ,
             the
             Cannooe
             being
             much
             decay'd
             and
             rotten
             where
             the
             rents
             were
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             mth
             .
             18.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             Morning
             the
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             with
             Solomon
             and
             
               Six
               Indians
            
             in
             a
             Cannooe
             sett
             out
             for
             Augusteen
             .
          
           
             The
             Casseekey
             carried
             a
             small
             Chest
             ,
             in
             which
             was
             nigh
             One
             hundred
             Pieces-of-Eight
             ,
             as
             some
             of
             our
             People
             did
             suppose
             ,
             with
             some
             other
             matters
             that
             were
             gotten
             from
             our
             Vessel
             .
             The
             Weather
             was
             likely
             for
             Rain
             ,
             which
             caused
             us
             to
             fear
             ,
             should
             the
             Weather
             prove
             bad
             ,
             that
             Solomon
             would
             hardly
             live
             to
             gett
             to
             Augusteen
             ;
             for
             he
             had
             nothing
             to
             cover
             him
             ,
             exept
             a
             pare
             
             of
             Indian-Breeches
             and
             a
             small
             piece
             of
             Skin
             that
             covered
             his
             breast
             .
          
           
             We
             understood
             by
             the
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             that
             it
             would
             be
             a
             Month
             or
             next
             New-Moon
             before
             We
             could
             expect
             their
             Return
             :
             All
             which
             time
             We
             spent
             in
             much
             trouble
             and
             hardship
             .
             The
             Weather
             began
             to
             grow
             cold
             ,
             and
             Provision
             very
             short
             ,
             that
             is
             
               Palm-Berries
               ,
               Coker-Plunishs
            
             and
             Sea-Grapes
             ,
             (
             which
             are
             the
             three
             sorts
             before
             Expressed
             )
             the
             time
             of
             these
             Fruits-bearing
             being
             over
             ,
             they
             having
             no
             sort
             of
             Fruit
             till
             next
             Spring
             .
          
           
             These
             People
             neither
             Sow
             nor
             plant
             any
             manner
             of
             thing
             watsoever
             ,
             nor
             care
             for
             any
             thing
             but
             what
             the
             barren
             Sand
             produce
             ,
             Fish
             they
             have
             as
             plenty
             as
             they
             please
             but
             sometimes
             they
             would
             make
             it
             scarse
             to
             us
             ,
             so
             that
             a
             Meale
             in
             a
             Week
             was
             most
             commenly
             our
             portion
             ,
             and
             three
             Meals
             a
             rarity
             .
             After
             the
             
               Old
               Casseeley's
            
             departure
             our
             hardships
             increased
             ,
             especially
             my
             Wife's
             and
             Child's
             :
             For
             want
             of
             Food
             of
             any
             sort
             ,
             my
             
               Wife's
               Milk
            
             was
             gone
             ,
             and
             our
             poor
             Child
             was
             in
             great
             want
             ;
             the
             Indians
             now
             and
             then
             would
             give
             it
             suck
             ,
             but
             rearly
             to
             satisfy
             it
             ;
             for
             there
             was
             a
             Woman
             or
             two
             of
             their
             own
             which
             had
             Young
             Children
             and
             no
             Breast
             to
             Suckle
             them
             .
             Our
             Extrenity
             was
             such
             that
             any
             manner
             of
             thing
             would
             go
             down
             with
             us
             ;
             the
             Gills
             and
             Gutts
             of
             Fish
             picked
             of
             a
             Dung-hill
             ,
             was
             acceptable
             ;
             the
             Scraps
             the
             Indians
             threw
             away
             ,
             and
             the
             Water
             the
             boyled
             their
             Fish
             in
             ,
             We
             were
             thankfull
             for
             ,
             though
             never
             so
             undecently
             handled
             by
             them
             .
             And
             though
             my
             Wise
             had
             hardly
             and
             Milk
             for
             our
             Child
             ,
             yet
             an
             Indian-Women
             who
             was
             lately
             delivered
             of
             a
             Child
             ,
             and
             had
             no
             Milk
             in
             her
             Breast
             ,
             would
             have
             her
             to
             Suckle
             her
             Child
             :
             Which
             my
             Wife
             consented
             .
             
             ●nto
             :
             And
             this
             was
             a
             means
             of
             her
             and
             our
             Child's
             reaping
             a
             benefitt
             ;
             for
             the
             Indians
             would
             give
             her
             Fish
             ,
             which
             means
             helped
             to
             increase
             Milk
             for
             our
             Child
             .
             Many
             were
             our
             exercises
             both
             in
             body
             and
             Minde
             amongst
             this
             People
             Sometimes
             they
             would
             look
             upon
             us
             as
             though
             they
             had
             some
             ill
             Intent
             towards
             the
             whole
             of
             us
             :
             At
             other
             times
             they
             would
             tell
             us
             (
             who
             were
             nominally
             Spaniards
             )
             how
             and
             in
             what
             manner
             those
             of
             
               Smith's
               Company
            
             should
             be
             putt
             to
             Death
             .
             And
             thus
             were
             We
             daily
             exercised
             in
             sorrow
             and
             grievous
             troubles
             .
             Somtimes
             doubts
             would
             arise
             amongst
             us
             concerning
             vvhat
             vvould
             be
             the
             end
             of
             us
             ,
             and
             vvhat
             manner
             of
             deaths
             We
             should
             pass
             through
             .
             And
             vvhom
             soever
             these
             doubts
             did
             appear
             in
             ,
             it
             vvould
             be
             hard
             for
             another
             to
             help
             vvith
             Counfell
             ;
             but
             some
             there
             vvere
             Whose
             hope
             never
             failed
             ,
             they
             trusting
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             to
             Work
             for
             our
             Deliveranc●
             .
             One
             thing
             did
             seem
             more
             grievous
             to
             Me
             ,
             and
             my
             Wife
             than
             any
             other
             thing
             .
             Which
             was
             .
             That
             if
             it
             should
             so
             happen
             that
             We
             should
             be
             putt
             to
             Death
             .
             We
             feared
             that
             our
             Child
             would
             be
             kept
             alive
             ,
             and
             bred
             up
             as
             one
             of
             those
             People
             ;
             When
             this
             thoughts
             did
             arise
             it
             wounded
             us
             deep
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             being
             the
             time
             of
             the
             Moon
             's
             entring
             the
             First
             Quarter
             ,
             the
             Indians
             have
             a
             Ceremonious
             Dance
             ,
             which
             they
             beginn
             about
             Eight
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             morning
             .
             In
             the
             First
             place
             comes
             an
             old
             Man
             and
             takes
             a
             Staff
             about
             Eight
             foot
             long
             ,
             having
             a
             broad
             Arrow
             on
             the
             head
             thereof
             ,
             and
             thence
             half
             vvay
             painted
             Redd
             and
             White
             like
             unto
             an
             Barbers-Pole
             ;
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             this
             Staff
             is
             Fixt
             a
             piece
             of
             wood
             shaped
             like
             unto
             Thigh
             .
             Legh
             and
             Foot
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             the
             lower
             part
             thereof
             is
             Painted
             Black
             ,
             and
             this
             Staff
             being
             carried
             
             out
             of
             the
             Casseekey's
             house
             ,
             is
             sett
             fast
             in
             the
             Ground
             standing
             upreight
             :
             This
             done
             ,
             he
             also
             brings
             out
             a
             Baskett
             containing
             Six
             Rattles
             ,
             Which
             are
             taken
             out
             of
             the
             Baskett
             and
             placed
             att
             the
             foot
             of
             his
             Staff
             ;
             Then
             another
             Old
             Man
             comes
             and
             setts
             up
             a
             Howling
             like
             unto
             a
             mighty
             Dogh
             ,
             but
             beyoind
             him
             for
             length
             of
             Breath
             ;
             withall
             making
             a
             Proclamation
             :
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             the
             most
             of
             them
             having
             painted
             themselves
             ,
             some
             red
             ,
             some
             black
             ,
             some
             with
             black
             and
             red
             ;
             with
             their
             Belly
             girt
             up
             as
             tight
             as
             well
             they
             can
             girt
             themselves
             with
             Ropes
             ,
             having
             their
             sheits
             of
             Arrows
             at
             their
             backs
             and
             their
             Bows
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             being
             gathered
             together
             about
             this
             Staff
             ;
             Six
             of
             the
             chiefest
             Men
             in
             esteem
             amongst
             them
             ,
             especially
             one
             who
             is
             their
             Doctor
             ,
             and
             much
             Esteemed
             ,
             taking
             up
             the
             Rattles
             begins
             a
             hidious
             noise
             ,
             standing
             round
             this
             Staff
             ,
             taking
             their
             Rattles
             ,
             and
             bowing
             ,
             without
             cea●ing
             ;
             unto
             the
             Staff
             for
             about
             half
             an
             hour
             ;
             whilst
             these
             Six
             are
             thus
             imployed
             ,
             all
             the
             rest
             are
             stareing
             and
             scratching
             ,
             pointing
             upwards
             and
             downwards
             on
             this
             and
             the
             other
             side
             every
             way
             ;
             looking
             like
             men
             frighted
             ,
             or
             more
             like
             Furies
             :
             on
             thus
             behaving
             themselves
             untill
             the
             Six
             have
             done
             shaking
             their
             Rat●●es
             .
             Then
             they
             all
             beginn
             a
             dance
             ,
             violently
             stamping
             on
             the
             Ground
             for
             the
             space
             of
             an
             houre
             or
             more
             without
             ceasing
             .
             In
             which
             time
             they
             will
             sweat
             in
             a
             most
             excessive
             manner
             ,
             that
             by
             the
             time
             the
             Dance
             is
             over
             ,
             what
             by
             their
             Sweat
             and
             the
             violent
             stamping
             of
             their
             feet
             ,
             the
             Ground
             is
             trodden
             into
             Furrows
             ;
             and
             by
             the
             Morning
             ,
             the
             place
             where
             they
             danced
             was
             covered
             with
             Maggots
             :
             Thus
             often
             reapeating
             the
             manner
             they
             continue
             till
             about
             Three
             or
             Four
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ;
             by
             which
             time
             many
             were
             Sick
             and
             
             ●ainty
             .
             And
             then
             being
             gathered
             into
             the
             Casseekey●
             House
             ,
             they
             sitt
             down
             ,
             having
             som
             hort
             Casseena
             ready
             ,
             Which
             they
             drink
             plentifully
             ;
             and
             give
             greater
             quantities
             thereof
             to
             the
             Sick
             and
             Fainty
             than
             to
             others
             :
             Then
             they
             eat
             Berries
             .
             On
             these
             days
             they
             eat
             not
             any
             Food
             till
             Night
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             Day
             about
             the
             same
             time
             ,
             they
             begin
             their
             Dance
             as
             the
             day
             before
             .
             Also
             the
             third
             Day
             they
             beginn
             their
             Dance
             a●t
             the
             usuall
             time
             :
             At
             Which
             time
             came
             many
             Indians
             from
             other
             Towns
             ,
             and
             Fell
             to
             Danceing
             without
             taking
             any
             notice
             one
             of
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             they
             were
             stricter
             than
             the
             other
             two
             days
             ,
             for
             no
             Woman
             must
             look
             upon
             them
             ;
             but
             if
             any
             of
             their
             Women
             go
             out
             of
             their
             houses
             ,
             they
             go
             vailed
             with
             a
             Ma●t
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             month
             28.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             was
             a
             day
             of
             plenty
             unto
             us
             ,
             for
             We
             had
             as
             much
             Fish
             and
             Berries
             as
             would
             serve
             us
             two
             days
             .
          
           
             This
             Week
             .
             We
             observed
             that
             great
             Basketts
             of
             dryed
             Berries
             were
             brought
             in
             from
             divers
             Towns
             and
             delivered
             to
             the
             King
             or
             Young
             Casseekey
             ,
             which
             We
             supposed
             to
             be
             a
             Tribute
             to
             the
             King
             of
             this
             Town
             ,
             Who
             is
             Chief
             of
             all
             the
             Towns
             from
             
               St.
               a
               Lucea
            
             to
             the
             Northward
             of
             this
             Town
             of
             Jece
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             27.
             the
             3
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             was
             a
             Bagg
             of
             Berries
             (
             the
             Bagg
             made
             of
             Grass
             )
             given
             us
             ,
             which
             We
             eat
             in
             two
             or
             three
             days
             ;
             and
             then
             We
             fasted
             as
             many
             days
             before
             the
             Young
             Casseekey
             would
             give
             us
             more
             .
          
           
             About
             this
             time
             
               John
               Smith
            
             and
             
               Andrew
               Morray
            
             were
             sharply
             Seized
             with
             a
             Fever
             and
             Ague
             :
             When
             the
             Fitt
             of
             the
             Ague
             was
             on
             them
             ,
             the
             Indians
             would
             mock
             and
             deride
             them
             .
             This
             We
             well
             observed
             ,
             that
             these
             
             People
             had
             no
             Compassion
             on
             their
             own
             Aged
             declining
             people
             when
             they
             were
             past
             their
             labour
             ,
             nor
             on
             others
             of
             their
             own
             which
             lay
             under
             any
             declining
             condition
             :
             For
             the
             younger
             is
             served
             before
             the
             Elder
             ,
             and
             the
             Elder
             people
             both
             Men
             and
             Women
             are
             Slaves
             to
             the
             Younger
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Place
             We
             saw
             many
             Tokens
             of
             some
             of
             our
             Nations
             ,
             having
             fall'n
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             these
             People
             ▪
             As
             
               Two
               English
               Canno●es
               ▪
            
             one
             of
             
               Cedar
               ▪
            
             the
             other
             of
             Cotten-Tree
             ,
             like
             those
             of
             
               ●amaica
               ▪
            
             severall
             Blocks
             and
             Sheives
             of
             
               Lignum
               -
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             se●●●●
             Tooles
             and
             Knives
             ,
             and
             more
             Particularly
             ▪
             a
             〈◊〉
             on
             the
             haf●
             of
             which
             was
             writt
             the
             man's
             nam●●●us
             ▪
             THOMAS
             FOSTER
             .
             Some
             of
             these
             things
             looked
             as
             though
             they
             had
             been
             severall
             years
             amongst
             them
             ,
             some
             but
             a
             few
             .
             But
             We
             never
             dared
             to
             enquire
             ;
             for
             We
             thought
             they
             brought
             some
             things
             in
             our
             view
             to
             try
             us
             .
          
           
             Here
             was
             a
             Man
             in
             this
             Town
             who
             ,
             some
             years
             past
             ,
             had
             been
             taken
             off
             by
             some
             of
             our
             English-Sloopes
             ,
             for
             a
             Diver
             on
             the
             Wrack
             to
             the
             East-ward
             of
             Cuba
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             sometime
             :
             But
             the
             Vessel
             putting
             in
             to
             Cuba
             ,
             for
             Water
             ,
             this
             Indian
             swam
             on
             shoar
             and
             go●●
             to
             the
             Havana
             ,
             thence
             to
             
               St.
               Augusteen
            
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             his
             native
             Town
             .
             The
             greatest
             Charge
             this
             Man
             had
             against
             the
             English
             ,
             was
             ,
             for
             taking
             him
             and
             their
             People
             away
             ;
             not
             but
             that
             he
             was
             well
             used
             amongst
             them
             .
             This
             Indian
             would
             often
             call
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               Solomon
               Cresson
            
             and
             some
             of
             us
             into
             his
             house
             ,
             seeming
             very
             cheerefull
             ,
             Asking
             if
             they
             would
             eat
             ,
             withall
             asking
             the
             name
             of
             the
             B●rries
             ,
             Expecting
             We
             would
             call
             them
             after
             the
             English
             manner
             [
             Plumbs
             ]
             :
             but
             perceiving
             his
             drift
             ,
             and
             having
             learned
             the
             name
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             the
             Spaniard
             
             calls
             them
             [
             V●aes
             ;
             then
             he
             would
             tell
             us
             that
             the
             English
             called
             them
             Plumbs
             ]
             :
             such
             sort
             of
             discourse
             we
             had
             at
             times
             ,
             For
             he
             would
             be
             striving
             to
             trapp
             us
             ,
             viz.
             
               Joseph
               ,
               Solomon
            
             and
             Me
             ,
             ●n
             words
             ;
             but
             he
             never
             had
             an
             advantage
             ,
             for
             when
             Solomon
             was
             gone
             ,
             We
             shun'd
             all
             his
             Invitations
             and
             Arguments
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             8
             month
             31.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             this
             day
             came
             in
             a
             Cannooe
             laden
             with
             Fish
             ,
             and
             it
             was
             free
             ,
             for
             those
             that
             would
             ,
             to
             take
             as
             much
             as
             they
             pleased
             .
             The
             Indians
             put
             us
             to
             goe
             and
             take
             ;
             for
             it
             was
             a
             kind
             of
             a
             scramble
             amongst
             us
             and
             the
             young
             Indian
             men
             and
             Boys
             :
             All
             of
             us
             gott
             Fish
             enough
             to
             Serve
             us
             two
             or
             three
             days
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             2.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             about
             Sun-rising
             came
             two
             
               Strange
               Indians
            
             ,
             who
             had
             run
             so
             hard
             that
             they
             Swea●ed
             extreamely
             ,
             of
             whom
             We
             understood
             that
             the
             
               Spaniards
               ▪
            
             were
             comeing
             with
             their
             
               Old
               Casse●key
            
             ;
             Which
             News
             surprised
             us
             ,
             doubting
             the
             truth
             of
             it
             ,
             for
             Solomon
             had
             been
             gone
             but
             Sixteen
             days
             ,
             and
             We
             understood
             that
             they
             must
             have
             an
             extraordinary
             passage
             to
             be
             here
             in
             a
             Month
             :
             We
             had
             not
             long
             to
             Consider
             of
             the
             Matter
             ,
             for
             in
             an
             hour's
             time
             We
             heard
             four
             Musketts
             discharged
             ,
             and
             immediately
             We
             looked
             out
             ,
             and
             the
             Spaniards
             in
             their
             Perre-Ango
             were
             in
             sight
             .
             the
             Indians
             were
             like
             a
             people
             amazed
             and
             overcome
             with
             fear
             :
             We
             perceived
             the
             Noise
             of
             a
             Gun
             was
             terrible
             unto
             them
             .
             the
             Spaniards
             Landed
             being
             in
             number
             twelve
             ,
             One
             
               Sebastian
               Lop●z
            
             Commanding●Tenn
             Soldiers
             ,
             with
             one
             Indian
             an
             Interpreter
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             imbraced
             us
             very
             cheerfully
             ,
             and
             expressed
             their
             being
             glad
             to
             find
             us
             alive
             .
             But
             We
             were
             not
             able
             to
             discourse
             each
             other
             ,
             though
             We
             had
             so
             much
             Spanish
             
             as
             to
             ask
             Questions
             ,
             and
             answer
             some
             part
             of
             what
             they
             asked
             us
             .
             One
             of
             the
             Sp●niards
             said
             ,
             they
             could
             not
             speak
             English
             ,
             nor
             could
             We
             speak
             Spanish
             enough
             to
             understand
             each
             other
             sufficiently
             :
             This
             the
             Indians
             perceived
             and
             imediately
             cryed
             out
             ,
             
               Nickaleer
               Nickaleer
            
             ,
             and
             looked
             enviously
             .
             on
             us
             ,
             so
             that
             ,
             could
             they
             have
             had
             their
             wills
             ,
             We
             believed
             they
             would
             not
             have
             suffered
             us
             to
             have
             liv●d
             many
             hours
             ;
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             Awed
             them
             .
          
           
             We
             received
             a
             Letter
             from
             Solomon
             which
             he
             wrist
             when
             he
             mett
             with
             
               Captain
               Sebastian
               Lopez
            
             ,
             signifying
             the
             Gouvernment
             of
             Augusteen●s
             great
             care
             for
             our
             Preservation
             ,
             of
             what
             Nation
             soever
             We
             were
             .
             But
             how
             these
             persons
             ,
             or
             the
             Gouvernour
             of
             Augusteen
             had
             knowledge
             of
             us
             ,
             We
             could
             not
             understand
             ;
             For
             they
             had
             been
             Fourteen
             days
             from
             Augusteen
             ,
             which
             was
             ●igh
             the
             time
             Solomon
             went
             hence
             ,
             and
             they
             mett
             Solomon
             about
             half
             way
             ,
             and
             sent
             him
             for
             Augusteen
             with
             other
             Guides
             ,
             bringing
             the
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             and
             his
             People
             with
             them
             .
             We
             observed
             that
             the
             
               Old
               Casseekey
            
             seem●d
             much
             dejected
             .
             We
             supposed
             The
             Spaniards
             had
             taken
             from
             him
             the
             Money
             and
             what
             other
             things
             he
             had
             carried
             with
             him
             ;
             Or
             that
             he
             was
             vex'd
             he
             should
             be
             so
             deceived
             in
             taki●g
             us
             for
             Spaniards
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             were
             extraordinary
             kind
             unto
             us
             ,
             so
             that
             We
             had
             Occasion
             to
             rejoyce
             ,
             and
             thank
             the
             LORD
             for
             this
             part
             of
             our
             Deliverance
             by
             this
             means
             .
             They
             were
             also
             a
             Terror
             unto
             the
             Indians
             ;
             for
             they
             Searched
             their
             houses
             and
             took
             all
             from
             them
             that
             ever
             they
             could
             Finde
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             stubb
             of
             a
             Nail
             :
             which
             aggravated
             them
             ,
             and
             increased
             their
             Dis-affection
             to
             U●●ward
             ;
             So
             that
             we
             dared
             not
             to
             stirr
             from
             a
             Spaniard
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             made
             inquiry
             where
             We
             
             were
             cast
             away
             ,
             and
             what
             was
             〈◊〉
             that
             we
             had
             in
             our
             Vessel
             ?
             We
             gave
             an
             account
             so
             well
             as
             we
             could
             to
             make
             him
             onderstand
             us
             :
             which
             Account
             made
             him
             very
             desirous
             to
             go
             down
             thither
             ;
             but
             looking
             over
             a
             paper
             often
             ,
             which
             we
             supposed
             ,
             was
             the
             Gouvernor's
             Order
             and
             Instructions
             to
             him
             ,
             we
             understood
             they
             would
             not
             permitt
             him
             to
             prosecute
             that
             Design
             :
             beside
             we
             made
             him
             sensible
             of
             the
             danger
             we
             should
             be
             in
             ,
             if
             he
             and
             his
             men
             should
             go
             and
             leaeve
             us
             amongst
             these
             people
             who
             were
             so
             bitterly
             in
             censed
             agaist
             us
             .
          
           
             They
             inquired
             what
             became
             of
             the
             Boat
             that
             belonged
             to
             Smith's-Vessel
             and
             ours
             ,
             We
             told
             them
             that
             these
             Indians
             had
             taken
             
               Smith's
               Boat
            
             and
             sunk
             her
             some
             where
             in
             the
             Sound
             ;
             but
             ours
             was
             at
             
               St.
               a
               Lucea
            
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             made
             the
             Indians
             go
             and
             shew
             where
             they
             had
             Sunk
             Smith●s
             Boat
             and
             help
             our
             people
             to
             get
             her
             up
             :
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             shee
             was
             brought
             to
             the
             Town
             :
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             mightily
             pleased
             with
             her
             ,
             and
             proposed
             that
             they
             in
             their
             Cannooe
             ,
             and
             our
             People
             in
             that
             Boat
             should
             go
             to
             Hoe-Bay
             ,
             whereby
             they
             might
             gett
             all
             from
             the
             Indians
             which
             they
             had
             gotten
             from
             us
             :
             But
             We
             would
             not
             countenance
             the
             matter
             ;
             We
             were
             for
             a
             speedy
             departing
             from
             amongst
             these
             people
             as
             we
             could
             ,
             since
             it
             had
             pleased
             GOD
             to
             open
             a
             way
             for
             our
             deliverance
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             made
             the
             Indians
             Provide
             two
             Cannooes
             ,
             which
             he
             caused
             to
             be
             lashed
             together
             at
             some
             distance
             with
             Sticks
             a
             Cross
             ,
             and
             matted
             on
             the
             Topp
             :
             Which
             being
             done
             ,
             with
             four
             
               Indians
               ,
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               John
               Smith
               ,
               Robert
               Barrow
               ,
               Andrew
               Morray
               ,
               Benjamin
               Allen
               ,
               Nathaniell
               Randall
               ,
               John
               Shears
               ,
               Corn●lius
               Toker
               ,
               Joseph
               Kirle's
               Boy
               John
               Hilliar
            
             ;
             Four
             Negroes
             .
             viz.
             
               Jack
               ;
               Cesar
               ,
               Sarah
            
             ,
             and
             
             Q●enza
             were
             sent
             away
             for
             Augusteen
             :
             But
             not
             ou●
             Morsell
             of
             Vi●nalls
             ,
             except
             a
             very
             few
             Berries
             ,
             had
             they
             with
             them
             ;
             and
             not
             one
             Spaniard
             to
             guard
             them
             ,
             but
             were
             put
             under
             the
             Goverment
             of
             those
             four
             Indians
             .
             About
             an
             hour
             after
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             was
             gone
             ,
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             ordered
             Smith's
             boat
             to
             be
             made
             ready
             with
             two
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             Four
             of
             our
             Men
             to
             Row
             to
             the
             place
             where
             the
             drift
             of
             Smith●s
             Vessel
             was
             to
             look
             for
             Log-wood
             or
             Old
             Iron
             :
             When
             they
             returned
             ,
             there
             was
             not
             any
             thing
             of
             value
             .
          
           
             But
             our
             People
             said
             that
             as
             they
             were
             searching
             about
             ,
             they
             found
             the
             Bones
             of
             
               Andrew
               Barnes
            
             :
             His●
             S●ull
             and
             Jaw-Bone
             were
             broken
             ;
             which
             occasioned
             us
             ,
             to
             suspect
             that
             he
             was
             Knockt
             on
             the
             head
             by
             the
             Indians
             ,
             after
             they
             had
             driven
             away
             Smith
             and
             his
             people
             .
          
           
             We
             told
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             that
             
               Joseph
               Kirles
               Negroe
               B●n
            
             .
             had
             been
             absent
             ever
             since
             the
             day
             after
             
               Solomon
               Gresson
            
             went
             hence
             ,
             being
             gone
             with
             the
             Old
             
               Casseekey's
               Wife
            
             ,
             but
             we
             knew
             not
             whither
             .
             The
             Captain
             made
             inquiry
             of
             the
             Indians
             whither
             he
             was
             gone
             .
             They
             said
             ,
             For
             Hoe-Bay
             ;
             then
             he
             ordered
             them
             to
             send
             for
             him
             ,
             for
             he
             would
             not
             leave
             him
             behind
             .
             The
             Indians
             said
             ,
             he
             would
             be
             here
             within
             a
             day
             or
             two
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             were
             continually
             Searching
             for
             what
             they
             could
             find
             of
             such
             things
             as
             the
             Indians
             had
             gotten
             from
             us
             or
             others
             :
             and
             when
             they
             could
             find
             no
             more
             ,
             they
             would
             offer
             to
             buy
             with
             Tobacco
             what
             they
             could
             Perswade
             the
             Indians
             to
             bring
             to
             Light.
             A
             Leaf
             or
             half
             a
             leaf
             of
             Tobacco
             would
             purchase
             a
             Yard
             of
             Linnen
             or
             woollen
             ,
             or
             Silk
             from
             the
             Indians
             .
             Such
             Admirers
             of
             Tobacco
             are
             they
             ,
             that
             they
             esteem
             it
             beyond
             any
             other
             thing
             .
             An
             Indian
             of
             the
             Town
             some
             time
             before
             the
             Spaniards
             came
             ,
             having
             a
             
             considerable
             quantity
             of
             Amber-greece
             ,
             boasted
             that
             when
             he
             went
             for
             Augusteen
             with
             that
             ,
             he
             could
             purchase
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             a
             Looking-Glass
             ,
             an
             Ax
             ,
             a
             Knife
             or
             two
             ,
             and
             three
             or
             four
             Mannocoes
             (
             which
             is
             about
             five
             or
             six
             pounds
             )
             of
             Tobaccoe
             .
             The
             Quantity
             of
             
               Amber
               greece
            
             might
             be
             about
             Five
             pound
             Weight
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             the
             4.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             We
             made
             Oars
             for
             
               Smith's
               Boat
            
             of
             Sticks
             and
             the
             Cantle-pieces
             of
             Sugar-Hogsheads
             which
             were
             gotten
             on
             the
             beach
             where
             the
             Drift
             of
             Smith's
             Vessell
             came
             on
             Shoar
             .
             And
             this
             Evening
             came
             the
             Old
             
               Casseekey's
               Wife
            
             with
             
               Joseph
               Kirle●s
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             and
             
               Joseph
               Kirls's
               Boat
            
             ;
             which
             was
             of
             great
             advantage
             to
             help
             to
             carry
             us
             .
             We
             worked
             all
             this
             night
             to
             fitt
             the
             Boat
             and
             Oars
             unto
             her
             ,
             being
             intended
             to
             go
             away
             as
             soon
             as
             We
             could
             compleat
             that
             Jobb
             .
          
           
             The
             Spaniards
             had
             brought
             little
             Provision
             with
             them
             so
             that
             there
             was
             not
             much
             to
             spare
             for
             us
             ;
             having
             not
             above
             a
             Rove
             of
             Corn
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Nova-Spain-Bread
             ,
             which
             was
             so
             bad
             that
             it
             was
             more
             Dust
             and
             dead
             Weavels
             than
             Bread
             :
             An
             handfull
             of
             it
             was
             an
             acceptable
             Present
             to
             us
             .
             We
             would
             mix
             it
             with
             a
             little
             Water
             ▪
             making
             it
             to
             a
             Paes●t
             ,
             which
             would
             eat
             pleasantly
             ;
             But
             Hunger
             was
             no
             Sranger
             unto
             us
             ;
             and
             We
             knew
             not
             that
             We
             should
             have
             any
             Victualls
             on
             our
             Journey
             :
             But
             our
             Deliverance
             seemed
             to
             over
             ballance
             all
             .
             The
             Indians
             would
             not
             give
             us
             any
             Berries
             :
             But
             our
             people
             watcht
             an
             Opportunity
             and
             took
             one
             of
             the
             Casseekey's
             Baggs
             of
             Berries
             ,
             which
             might
             contain
             about
             a
             Bushell
             ;
             Which
             was
             all
             that
             One-and-thirty
             of
             us
             had
             to
             depend
             on
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             the
             9
             month
             5.
             the
             5
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             about
             three
             hours
             before
             Day
             We
             departed
             from
             this
             Town
             of
             Jece
             ;
             the
             Weather
             was
             grown
             cold
             ;
             We
             had
             nothing
             where
             with
             to
             cover
             our
             bodies
             ,
             besides
             what
             the
             Indians
             gave
             us
             at
             first
             ,
             except
             my
             Wife
             ,
             for
             Whom
             the
             Spaniards
             gott
             an
             old
             Jacke●t
             (
             which
             had
             been
             one
             of
             Smith's
             men's
             )
             ,
             and
             gave
             her
             to
             wear
             ;
             also
             a
             small
             Piece
             of
             cloath
             to
             cover
             our
             poor
             Child
             :
             but
             it
             pleased
             GOD
             to
             strengthen
             us
             in
             this
             our
             Condition
             ,
             so
             that
             we
             rowed
             all
             this
             day
             without
             ceasing
             untill
             three
             hours
             after
             it
             was
             dark
             ,
             by
             which
             time
             We
             gott
             to
             an
             Indian-Town
             :
             Here
             We
             mett
             with
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             and
             the
             others
             ,
             who
             gott
             thither
             not
             above
             an
             hour
             or
             two
             before
             us
             .
             They
             had
             not
             received
             any
             manner
             of
             Sustenance
             from
             the
             time
             they
             left
             us
             ,
             untill
             they
             gott
             some
             Berries
             of
             us
             ,
             having
             lain
             one
             Night
             of
             the
             two
             in
             a
             Swamp
             :
             but
             they
             were
             as
             Cheerfull
             as
             men
             could
             be
             in
             this
             Straight
             .
          
           
             Since
             they
             left
             us
             ,
             amongst
             their
             other
             hardshi●s
             ,
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             had
             like
             to
             have
             lost
             his
             Life
             severall
             tim●
             .
             The
             First
             was
             thus
             .
             Whilst
             the
             two
             Cannooes
             were
             lasht
             together
             ,
             having
             a
             few
             Berries
             that
             were
             designed
             to
             have
             been
             shared
             amongst
             them
             ;
             The
             Irish
             boy
             
               Cornelius
               Toker
            
             would
             ever
             and
             anon
             be
             taking
             some
             of
             them
             ,
             who
             being
             often
             reproved
             by
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             others
             ;
             would
             not
             desist
             ;
             Whereupon
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             with
             the
             Paddle
             he
             paddled
             the
             Cannooe
             along
             with
             struck
             him
             ;
             thereupon
             an
             Indian
             took
             his
             how
             and
             Arrow
             and
             was
             going
             to
             shoote
             Joseph
             ,
             who
             seemed
             little
             concerned
             whether
             he
             liv●d
             or
             dy●d
             ,
             withall
             saying
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             would
             Justify
             him
             .
          
           
             Another
             time
             when
             he
             was
             spent
             with
             paddling
             the
             
             Cannooe
             ,
             and
             desired
             
               John
               Smith
               ,
               Anrew
               M●rray
            
             ,
             and
             others
             of
             them
             as
             well
             able
             as
             himself
             to
             give
             him
             a
             Spell
             ,
             which
             they
             refused
             ,
             and
             he
             being
             not
             able
             to
             paddle
             further
             ,
             laid
             down
             his
             Paddle
             ;
             Whereupon
             the
             Indians
             commanding
             him
             to
             paddle
             ,
             he
             refused
             ,
             saying
             ,
             they
             might
             kill
             him
             it
             they
             would
             ,
             opening
             his
             breast
             for
             them
             to
             execute
             their
             wills
             ;
             Which
             they
             seemed
             as
             though
             they
             would
             have
             done
             :
             But
             after
             great
             threatning
             they
             desisted
             .
          
           
             Another
             time
             the
             Wind
             being
             high
             and
             the
             Seas
             rough
             that
             they
             were
             forced
             to
             unlash
             their
             Cannooes
             ,
             by
             
               Joseph
               Kirle's
            
             perswasion
             ,
             and
             to
             go
             single
             ;
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             taking
             one
             Cannooe
             to
             his
             own
             management
             ,
             having
             
               Robbert
               Barrow
            
             ,
             his
             Boy
             ,
             my
             Kinsman
             ,
             
               Nathaniell
               Randall
            
             ,
             and
             the
             Negroes
             in
             her
             ;
             which
             being
             thus
             single
             from
             the
             other
             Company
             was
             more
             satisfactory
             to
             him
             than
             before
             ,
             though
             none
             to
             help
             but
             
               Nathaniell
               Randall
            
             .
             My
             Negroe-Woman
             named
             Sarah
             ,
             having
             beaten
             and
             abused
             a
             Girle
             named
             Quenza
             ,
             being
             reproved
             often
             by
             him
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             ,
             She
             therefore
             abused
             them
             in
             an
             extraordinary
             manner
             ;
             whereupon
             .
             Jose●h
             struck
             her
             with
             his
             Paddle
             ;
             at
             which
             One
             of
             the
             Indians
             in
             the
             other
             Cannooe
             took
             his
             Striking
             Staff
             and
             darted
             at
             him
             ,
             narrowly
             missing
             him
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             with
             those
             that
             were
             with
             him
             were
             by
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             ordered
             away
             at
             break
             of
             day
             ;
             he
             not
             taking
             any
             care
             to
             give
             them
             a
             little
             Sustenance
             ;
             and
             about
             an
             hour
             or
             two
             after
             We
             followed
             ,
             rowing
             all
             this
             Day
             without
             ceasing
             untill
             an
             hour
             or
             two
             in
             the
             Night
             :
             By
             which
             time
             We
             gott
             to
             an
             Indian-Town
             ,
             where
             not
             any
             thing
             was
             to
             be
             had
             but
             Water
             .
             About
             two
             hours
             after
             us
             came
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             .
          
           
           
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             would
             not
             let
             them
             come
             on
             shoar
             ;
             but
             ordered
             them
             to
             ●eep
             on
             ,
             that
             We
             might
             gett
             next
             Night
             to
             the
             place
             where
             we
             must
             hale
             our
             boats
             over
             Land
             ,
             from
             one
             Sound
             into
             another
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             7.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             We
             sett
             Forward
             very
             early
             and
             rowed
             ha●d
             :
             About
             Noon
             We
             gott
             to
             a
             parcell
             of
             
               Marsh●y
               Islands
            
             ,
             amongst
             which
             we
             were
             to
             go
             up
             Creeks
             .
             The
             Pa●sage
             was
             very
             difficult
             to
             find
             .
             At
             lenght
             when
             We
             were
             gott
             nigh
             an
             Indian-Town
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             hollowed
             and
             an
             Indian
             came
             out
             into
             the
             Marsh
             ,
             but
             was
             very
             loath
             to
             come
             near
             us
             at
             length
             he
             came
             wedding
             to
             us
             to
             be
             our
             Pilott
             :
             We
             sett
             forward
             ,
             and
             in
             an
             hour's
             time
             or
             mor●
             were
             gott
             to
             the
             place
             where
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             those
             with
             him
             were
             ;
             the
             Indians
             that
             were
             with
             Joseph
             would
             not
             let
             them
             proceed
             further
             untill
             we
             came
             up
             with
             them
             :
             In
             half
             an
             hours
             time
             we
             gott
             to
             the
             place
             where
             we
             were
             to
             hale
             our
             Boats
             over
             Land
             being
             about
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             Mile
             from
             Sound
             to
             Sound
             :
             at
             this
             place
             the
             sea
             was
             half
             a
             furlong
             from
             as
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             gave
             the
             
               Indian
               w●
            
             last
             took
             in
             a
             piece
             of
             a
             Leaf
             of
             Tobacco
             commanding
             him
             to
             go
             with
             all
             speed
             and
             bid
             his
             Casseekey
             with
             all
             his
             able
             Men
             come
             to
             help
             to
             hale
             our
             Boats
             over
             land
             .
             But
             we
             sett
             to
             work
             ,
             and
             had
             them
             over
             by
             that
             time
             the
             Indians
             came
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             gave
             the
             Casseekey
             a
             Leafe
             or
             two
             of
             Tobacco
             for
             him
             and
             discharged
             them
             ,
             only
             ordered
             the
             Casseekey
             to
             send
             some
             men
             a
             Fishing
             for
             him
             ;
             which
             they
             did
             and
             within
             Night
             brought
             a
             stately
             parcell
             of
             〈◊〉
             ;
             but
             none
             of
             our
             people
             had
             any
             part
             of
             it
             except
             my
             Wife
             ,
             and
             Penelope
             :
             What
             they
             did
             not
             eat
             they
             kept
             to
             carry
             with
             them
             .
          
           
             A
             ●●le
             before
             Night
             sprang
             up
             a
             Storm
             of
             Wind
             at
             
             North-East
             :
             It
             seemed
             likely
             to
             be
             a
             dismall
             Night
             of
             wind
             and
             Rain
             ,
             and
             we
             were
             gott
             to
             a
             place
             where
             there
             was
             not
             a
             Tree
             ,
             or
             Bush
             ,
             or
             any
             manner
             of
             shelter
             ,
             and
             the
             Wind
             so
             very
             cold
             that
             we
             thought
             we
             should
             not
             live
             till
             the
             next
             day
             :
             We
             had
             no
             Wood
             to
             make
             a
             fire
             with
             ,
             and
             what
             to
             do
             we
             could
             not
             tell
             ,
             but
             we
             were
             resolved
             to
             try
             to
             gett
             some
             ,
             and
             in
             order
             thereto
             ,
             some
             of
             the
             ablest
             of
             us
             w●nt
             along
             the
             Bay
             to
             search
             for
             drift
             wood
             ,
             and
             found
             a
             little
             ,
             but
             Rain
             came
             with
             the
             night
             and
             no
             Shelter
             to
             be
             had
             but
             our
             Boats
             ;
             and
             the
             Spaniard
             would
             not
             let
             us
             meddle
             with
             them
             to
             turn
             the
             bottom
             opwards
             for
             Shelter
             :
             which
             seemed
             very
             liard
             ,
             but
             they
             had
             ma
             〈◊〉
             themselves
             some
             Sh●●●r
             with
             Matts
             We
             were
             forced
             to
             exercise
             patience
             ,
             and
             with
             what
             salt-water
             wood
             we
             had
             ,
             made
             as
             good
             a
             fire
             as
             we
             could
             ,
             and
             laid
             ourselves
             down
             on
             the
             sand
             by
             it
             :
             and
             it
             pleased
             GOD
             we
             had
             a
             comfortable
             night
             beyond
             our
             Expectation
             :
             only
             the
             Cold
             was
             very
             sharp
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             8.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             Week
             .
          
           
             This
             Moring
             we
             sett
             forward
             ;
             but
             the
             Water
             was
             so
             low
             that
             we
             were
             forced
             to
             wade
             and
             thrust
             the
             boat
             ●●ng
             for
             some
             Miles
             :
             at
             lenght
             we
             gott
             into
             a
             deep
             Channell
             ,
             where
             was
             nothing
             to
             beseen
             but
             Marsh
             and
             Water
             ,
             and
             no
             fast
             land
             ,
             nor
             Trees
             .
          
           
             About
             Ten
             a
             Clok
             we
             heard
             three
             or
             four
             Musketts
             fired
             a
             little
             a
             head
             of
             us
             in
             the
             Channell
             we
             were
             in
             .
             Our
             Spaniards
             presently
             answered
             them
             with
             the
             like
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             little
             time
             we
             mett
             .
             This
             was
             a
             Perre-Augoe
             to
             Jovn
             wi●●
             that
             came
             for
             us
             ,
             having
             Order
             to
             go
             to
             the
             place
             where
             we
             were
             Cast
             away
             ,
             and
             to
             gett
             what
             was
             to
             be
             had
             from
             the
             Indians
             :
             but
             this
             other
             Boat
             turnd
             back
             ,
             for
             there
             was
             no
             place
             to
             go
             on
             shoar
             ;
             and
             in
             an
             hour
             or
             two's
             time
             we
             gott
             in
             to
             the
             other
             Sound
             where
             the
             
             Land
             was
             not
             to
             be
             seen
             from
             side
             to
             side
             in
             some
             places
             .
             The
             li●
             was
             in
             the
             other
             we
             came
             through
             .
             About
             an
             hour
             before
             Sun-sett
             we
             gott
             to
             an
             
               Indian
               Plantation
            
             (
             this
             was
             the
             first
             place
             we
             saw
             any
             thing
             planted
             )
             being
             full
             of
             
               Pumpion
               Vines
            
             and
             some
             small
             Pumpions
             on
             them
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             too
             quick
             for
             us
             and
             gott
             all
             before
             us
             :
             some
             of
             us
             gott
             a
             few
             a
             bigg
             as
             one's
             Fist
             :
             We
             had
             a
             fire
             there
             ,
             yet
             had
             not
             patience
             to
             dress
             them
             as
             they
             should
             be
             ,
             but
             putt
             them
             into
             the
             fire
             ,
             roasted
             them
             and
             eat
             them
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             used
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             Cookery
             with
             their
             Pumpions
             ,
             and
             the
             Perre-Augoe
             that
             came
             last
             from
             Augusteen
             had
             brought
             Bread
             ,
             Corn
             and
             strung
             Beefe
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             kept
             from
             us
             ,
             Except
             a
             piece
             of
             strung
             beefe
             :
             the
             Captain
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             gave
             my
             Wife
             as
             bigg
             as
             a
             Stick
             of
             Sealing-Wax
             ;
             which
             we
             treasured
             up
             ,
             expecting
             it
             must
             be
             harder
             with
             us
             when
             we
             left
             these
             people
             .
             Here
             
               Captain
               Sebastian
               Lopaz
            
             drew
             up
             a
             Writing
             ,
             and
             would
             have
             had
             me
             and
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             to
             Sing
             it
             ;
             which
             we
             refused
             :
             For
             we
             perceived
             he
             had
             a
             design
             especially
             against
             me
             ,
             to
             oblige
             me
             to
             give
             him
             some
             of
             my
             Negroes
             :
             We
             answered
             him
             short
             ;
             That
             I
             reckoned
             my self
             and
             Negroes
             at
             the
             Governour
             of
             Augusteen's
             disposall
             ;
             And
             we
             would
             Sing
             no
             Writing
             We
             Borrowed
             a
             Pott
             and
             boyled
             
               Pumpion
               Leaves
            
             ,
             having
             nothing
             to
             putt
             to
             them
             but
             Water
             ,
             which
             was
             satisfactory
             ;
             But
             this
             night
             was
             more
             terrible
             than
             the
             last
             ▪
             the
             Wind
             being
             at
             North-West
             ;
             it
             did
             not
             blow
             hard
             ,
             yet
             it
             was
             very
             cold
             ,
             we
             lyeing
             in
             an
             open
             field
             without
             any
             shelter
             ;
             One
             side
             of
             us
             would
             scorch
             while
             the
             other
             was
             freezing
             .
             Our
             Negroe
             Woman
             Hagar's
             little
             boy
             
               named
               Cajoe
            
             was
             seized
             with
             
               Convulsion
               Fitts
            
             about
             Two
             in
             the
             Morning
             which
             was
             chiefly
             occasioned
             by
             the
             Cold
             and
             want
             of
             food
             :
             but
             help
             there
             was
             
             not
             from
             us
             .
             The
             
               S●anish
               Ca●●
            
             came
             to
             see
             the
             Child
             ,
             and
             supposing
             that
             it
             would
             dye
             ,
             asked
             If
             the
             Child
             was
             a
             Christian
             ?
             He
             was
             answered
             ,
             As
             good
             a
             one
             ashe
             could
             make
             it
             ;
             but
             he
             called
             for
             some
             Water
             ,
             putting
             some
             of
             it
             on
             he
             Crown
             of
             the
             Child's
             head
             ,
             and
             Crossing
             it
             ,
             Called
             ,
             him
             Francisco
             .
             This
             Action
             pa●isyed
             its
             Father
             and
             Mother
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             9.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             we
             were
             to
             go
             forward
             and
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             to
             return
             to
             the
             place
             where
             we
             were
             cast
             away
             :
             but
             our
             two
             Boats
             would
             not
             carry
             us
             all
             ;
             therefore
             we
             had
             the
             Spaniards
             great
             Perre-Augoe
             to
             carry
             us
             one
             day's
             Journey
             further
             to
             an
             
               Indian
               Town
            
             ,
             and
             ●our
             Spaiards
             with
             us
             ,
             three
             of
             which
             were
             to
             bring
             the
             Perre-Augoe
             back
             ,
             the
             other
             was
             to
             be
             our
             Guide
             for
             Augusteen
             .
             We
             departed
             and
             mett
             with
             in
             tricare
             passage
             ;
             for
             sometimes
             we
             should
             be
             a
             ground
             on
             Oyster
             banks
             ,
             or
             Shoals
             ,
             and
             al
             most
             out
             of
             sight
             of
             Land
             ,
             About
             two
             or
             three
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             we
             had
             not
             water
             to
             go
             any
             further
             :
             The
             Wind
             being
             North-Westerly
             drove
             the
             Water
             out
             of
             the
             Sound
             :
             but
             being
             nigh
             the
             Shoar
             where
             had
             been
             an
             
               Indian
               Town
            
             :
             We
             went
             on
             Shoar
             and
             found
             some
             ripe
             Berries
             on
             the
             Palm-shrubbs
             ,
             which
             we
             were
             very
             earnest
             after
             till
             such
             time
             as
             a
             storm
             of
             wind
             with
             rain
             began
             to
             come
             upon
             us
             and
             Night
             nigh
             at
             hand
             ;
             whereupon
             we
             all
             gott
             together
             ,
             considering
             what
             we
             should
             do
             ,
             since
             there
             was
             no
             possibility
             of
             getting
             Shelter
             here
             .
             Our
             Indian
             Guide
             said
             ,
             we
             might
             gett
             to
             a
             Town
             about
             two
             leagues
             off
             ;
             which
             we
             were
             glad
             to
             hear
             ,
             for
             it
             rained
             hard
             so
             we
             with
             our
             Guide
             sett
             forward
             and
             walked
             over
             a
             parcell
             of
             scraggy
             shrubby
             hills
             to
             the
             Sea-shoar
             ,
             along
             which
             we
             travelled
             till
             we
             gott
             to
             the
             
               Indian
               Town
            
             ,
             where
             we
             
             gott
             plenty
             of
             Berries
             for
             our
             Supper
             .
             It
             rained
             much
             till
             towards
             Morning
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             9
             month
             .
             10.
             
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Indians
             were
             not
             willing
             to
             stay
             any
             longer
             ;
             and
             we
             were
             by
             our
             Guide
             required
             to
             depart
             ;
             which
             we
             did
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             many
             young
             Indian
             Men
             followed
             us
             some
             Miles
             along
             the
             Bay
             ,
             and
             Offered
             violence
             to
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             and
             severall
             others
             ;
             but
             were
             easily
             stopt
             by
             shewing
             them
             a
             rusty
             Muskett
             presented
             towards
             them
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             left
             us
             .
             We
             had
             an
             untomard
             passage
             from
             the
             sea
             shoar
             athwart
             the
             Land
             to
             the
             
               Indian
               Town
            
             ,
             the
             ground
             being
             swampey
             ▪
             and
             scraggey
             hills
             ,
             which
             〈◊〉
             our
             bare
             fect
             was
             very
             troublesom
             .
             This
             was
             a
             large
             Town
             ,
             and
             there
             was
             another
             large
             Town
             about
             a
             Mile
             distant
             in
             sight
             ,
             thither
             part
             of
             our
             Company
             was
             sent
             to
             be
             Quartered
             :
             at
             which
             Town
             about
             a
             Twelve
             month
             since
             a
             parcell
             of
             
               Dutch
               Men
            
             were
             killed
             who
             having
             been
             cast
             away
             on
             the
             Bohemia
             s●●als
             in
             a
             flatt
             which
             they
             built
             escaped
             hither
             ,
             and
             were
             here
             devoured
             by
             these
             Cannaballs
             ,
             as
             we
             under
             stood
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             :
             The
             ●att
             or
             our
             boat
             people
             saw
             :
             but
             they
             seemed
             kind
             to
             them
             ,
             giving
             them
             Fish
             and
             Berries
             to
             eat
             :
             We
             rema●ed
             at
             these
             two
             Towns
             till
             next
             Morning
             The
             Indians
             of
             the
             Town
             I
             was
             at
             ,
             were
             no
             so
             kind
             as
             those
             at
             the
             other
             Town
             had
             been
             :
             some
             of
             our
             people
             were
             for
             selling
             their
             ●ags
             to
             the
             Indians
             for
             Fish
             ;
             but
             We
             thought
             t'
             was
             most
             necessary
             ,
             of
             the
             two
             Extreams
             ,
             to
             defend
             against
             the
             Cold
             :
             For
             every
             day
             grew
             colder
             than
             oth●r
             ;
             and
             We
             feared
             that
             if
             We
             were
             much
             longer
             exp●led
             to
             it
             ,
             We
             should
             not
             live
             it
             out
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             11.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             leaving
             this
             Town
             ,
             We
             Embarqued
             in
             our
             two
             Boats
             ,
             And
             those
             of
             our
             People
             that
             were
             
             at
             the
             other
             Town
             were
             to
             have
             a
             large
             Cannooe
             to
             carry
             them
             thence
             ,
             and
             were
             to
             meet
             us
             in
             the
             Sound
             :
             We
             rowed
             severall
             leagues
             and
             did
             not
             meet
             them
             ;
             it
             being
             then
             about
             Tenn
             a
             Clock
             ;
             the
             Spaniard
             would
             go
             on
             Shoar
             and
             travell
             back
             by
             Land-to
             see
             after
             them
             .
             We
             being
             by
             an
             Inlett
             of
             the
             Sea
             which
             was
             a
             Mile
             over
             ,
             the
             Spaniard
             ordered
             us
             to
             go
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             and
             there
             stay
             for
             him
             ;
             Which
             We
             did
             many
             hours
             .
             At
             this
             Place
             We
             all
             went
             upon
             the
             search
             to
             see
             if
             any
             thing
             was
             to
             be
             had
             for
             the
             Belly
             ,
             some
             on
             the
             land
             ,
             some
             in
             the
             Water
             :
             The
             Land
             yielded
             nothing
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             Water
             We
             gott
             a
             sort
             of
             Shell-fish
             call●d
             Water-Soldiers
             ,
             Which
             We
             eat
             :
             att
             length
             the
             Cannooe
             with
             our
             People
             came
             ,
             but
             our
             Spaniard
             was
             not
             come
             ;
             but
             in
             about
             half
             an
             hour's
             time
             he
             came
             with
             a
             small
             Cannooe
             .
             This
             was
             the
             place
             where
             Solomon
             〈◊〉
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             The
             Cannoo's
             had
             each
             two
             Indians
             to
             〈◊〉
             them
             along
             :
             And
             We
             had
             one
             Indian
             for
             our
             Guide
             named
             Wan-Antonia
             who
             the
             Spaniard
             said
             was
             a
             Christian
             ,
             but
             an
             Inhabitant
             of
             that
             Town
             wheretthe
             D●ch-Men
             were
             kill'd
             .
             We
             sett
             forward
             in
             our
             two
             Boats
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             Cannooes
             ,
             and
             rowed
             till
             night
             ,
             being
             nigh
             a
             place
             of
             thickety
             Wood
             ,
             which
             We
             made
             choice
             of
             to
             lodge
             at
             for
             this
             night
             :
             Here
             was
             Wood
             enough
             :
             We
             madle
             large
             Fires
             ,
             Were
             pleased
             with
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             lay
             down
             to
             rest
             .
             About
             Mid-night
             I
             had
             a
             great
             loss
             ;
             having
             about
             a
             Quart
             of
             Berries
             whole
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             pounded
             to
             mix
             with
             water
             to
             feed
             our
             Child
             with
             ,
             the
             Fire
             being
             disturbed
             ,
             the
             Cloth
             which
             We
             had
             our
             food
             in
             was
             burnt
             :
             All
             was
             lost
             and
             nothing
             to
             be
             had
             untill
             we
             could
             gett
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             Which
             was
             two
             days
             March
             at
             least
             .
             About
             an
             hour
             after
             this
             the
             Wind
             rose
             att
             North-West
             .
             
             and
             it
             began
             to
             rain
             ;
             But
             having
             small
             Palmeto
             which
             grew
             nigh
             ,
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             I
             sett
             to
             work
             and
             made
             a
             shelter
             which
             would
             keep
             Tenn
             or
             more
             of
             us
             from
             the
             Weather
             :
             We
             had
             no
             sooner
             compleated
             our
             work
             ,
             but
             it
             rained
             hard
             .
             In
             this
             shower
             of
             rain
             the
             Four
             Indians
             gott
             from
             amongst
             us
             ,
             took
             their
             Cannooes
             ,
             and
             away
             they
             went
             back
             again
             :
             When
             day
             appeared
             ,
             We
             missed
             them
             ,
             upon
             which
             We
             went
             to
             the
             water-side
             ,
             where
             We
             found
             the
             two
             Cannooes
             gone
             .
             And
             now
             We
             were
             in
             a
             great
             strait
             .
             But
             the
             Spaniard
             said
             ,
             those
             that
             could
             travell
             best
             must
             go
             by
             Land.
             The
             Persons
             pitcht
             upon
             were
             
               Richard
               Limpeney
               ,
               Andrew
               Murray
               ,
               Cornelius
               Toker
               ,
               Ioseph
               Kirles
               Boy
               ,
               John
               Hilliard
               ,
               and
               Penelope
            
             with
             ,
             
               Seven
               Negroes
            
             named
             
               Peter
               ,
               Jack
               ,
               Cesar
               ,
               Sarah
               ,
               Bell
               ,
               Susanna
               and
               Quenza
               .
            
             The
             Spaniards
             and
             the
             Indian-Wan-Antonia
             went
             with
             them
             to
             direct
             them
             ,
             the
             Way
             carrying
             them
             over
             land
             to
             the
             Sea
             shoar
             ,
             and
             then
             directing
             to
             keep
             the
             Sea-shoar
             along
             to
             the
             North-ward
             .
          
           
             They
             returned
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             We
             with
             our
             two
             Boats
             rowed
             all
             day
             without
             ceasing
             till
             Sunsetting
             :
             And
             when
             we
             putt
             on
             sho●ar
             ,
             the
             place
             we
             an
             old
             Indian-Field
             on
             a
             high
             bleak
             hill
             ,
             where
             had
             been
             a
             large
             
               Indian
               house
            
             ,
             but
             it
             was
             tumbled
             down
             .
             Of
             the
             runis
             of
             this
             house
             We
             made
             a
             shelter
             against
             the
             North-West
             Wind
             ,
             which
             began
             to
             blow
             very
             bleak
             .
             The
             Spaniard
             went
             to
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             was
             not
             two
             miles
             off
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             our
             People
             had
             passed
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             return
             he
             said
             ,
             They
             were
             gone
             by
             .
             We
             asked
             if
             they
             could
             reach
             to
             any
             house
             or
             Indian-Town
             for
             shelter
             ?
             For
             We
             supposed
             ,
             should
             they
             be
             without
             Fire
             this
             night
             ,
             they
             could
             not
             live
             .
             He
             said
             ,
             They
             must
             travell
             all
             Night
             .
             Night
             came
             on
             :
             We
             had
             Fire
             
             and
             Wood
             enough
             ,
             and
             had
             gathered
             a
             great
             heap
             of
             ●rass
             to
             lie
             in
             ,
             hoping
             to
             have
             gott
             some
             rest
             :
             But
             the
             North-West
             increased
             ,
             and
             the
             Cold
             was
             so
             violent
             ,
             that
             we
             were
             in
             a
             lamentable
             condition
             ,
             not
             able
             to
             rest
             ,
             for
             as
             We
             lay
             or
             stood
             so
             close
             to
             the
             Fire
             that
             it
             would
             scorch
             us
             ,
             that
             side
             from
             it
             was
             ready
             to
             Freeze
             :
             We
             had
             no
             other
             way
             ,
             but
             to
             stand
             and
             keep
             turning
             for
             the
             most
             part
             of
             the
             night
             .
             We
             all
             thought
             that
             we
             never
             felt
             the
             like
             .
             The
             Spaniard
             that
             was
             clothed
             was
             as
             bad
             to
             bear
             it
             as
             we
             that
             were
             naked
             .
             att
             length
             day
             appeared
             and
             we
             must
             goe
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             13.
             the
             6
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             we
             were
             loth
             to
             part
             with
             our
             fires
             ,
             but
             to
             stay
             here
             it
             could
             not
             be
             :
             So
             we
             went
             to
             our
             Boats
             ;
             wading
             in
             the
             water
             was
             ready
             to
             benumm
             us
             .
             But
             we
             putt
             forward
             ,
             and
             rowing
             about
             2
             Leagues
             came
             to
             an
             old
             house
             ,
             where
             the
             Spaniard
             told
             us
             we
             must
             leave
             the
             Boats
             and
             travell
             by
             Land
             ;
             We
             had
             a
             Boggy
             Marsh
             to
             wade
             through
             for
             a
             mile
             to
             gett
             to
             the
             Sea-Shoar
             ,
             and
             had
             about
             five
             or
             six
             leagues
             along
             the
             Bay
             or
             Strand
             to
             the
             
               Spanish
               Sentinall's
               house
            
             :
             The
             North-West-wind
             was
             violent
             ,
             and
             the
             cold
             such
             that
             the
             strongest
             of
             us
             thought
             We
             should
             not
             out-live
             that
             day
             :
             having
             gott
             through
             the
             boggy
             Marsh
             and
             on
             the
             Sea-Shoar
             ,
             our
             People
             ,
             Black
             and
             White
             ,
             made
             all
             speed
             ,
             one
             not
             staying
             for
             another
             that
             could
             not
             travel
             so
             fast
             ;
             None
             but
             I
             with
             my
             Wife
             and
             
               Child
               ,
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             ,
             my
             kinsman
             
               Benjamin
               Allen
            
             and
             my
             
               Negroe
               London
            
             ,
             whom
             I
             kept
             to
             help
             carry
             my
             Child
             ,
             keeping
             together
             ;
             The
             rest
             of
             our
             Company
             had
             left
             us
             ,
             expectting
             not
             to
             see
             some
             of
             us
             again
             ;
             especially
             
               Robert
               Barrow
               ,
               my
               VVife
            
             and
             Child
             .
             VVe
             travelled
             after
             as
             vvel
             as
             vve
             could
             having
             gone
             about
             tvvo
             
             Mil●s
             the
             Cold
             so
             seized
             on
             my
             Kinsman
             
               Benjamin
               Allen
            
             that
             he
             began
             to
             be
             stiff
             in
             his
             Limbs
             ,
             and
             staggered
             and
             fell
             ,
             grievously
             complaining
             that
             the
             cold
             vvould
             kill
             him
             :
             Our
             Negroe
             having
             our
             young
             Child
             I
             and
             my
             VVife
             took
             our
             Kinsman
             under
             each
             Arm
             and
             helped
             him
             along
             ;
             but
             art
             length
             his
             Limbs
             vvere
             quite
             stiff
             ,
             his
             speech
             almost
             gone
             ,
             and
             he
             began
             to
             Foom
             at
             Mouth
             .
             In
             this
             strait
             VVe
             knevv
             not
             vvhat
             to
             doe
             ;
             to
             stay
             vvith
             him
             vve
             must
             perish
             also
             ,
             and
             VVe
             vvere
             vvilling
             to
             strive
             as
             long
             as
             VVe
             could
             .
             VVe
             carried
             our
             Kinsman
             and
             laid
             him
             under
             the
             Bank
             ,
             not
             being
             dead
             .
             I
             resolved
             to
             ruim
             after
             our
             People
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             not
             being
             out
             of
             sight
             ;
             vvhich
             I
             did
             and
             lett
             my
             VVi●e
             and
             Child
             vvith
             the
             Negroe
             to
             follovv
             as
             fast
             as
             they
             could
             .
             I
             runn
             about
             tvvo
             miles
             ,
             making
             signs
             to
             them
             ,
             thinking
             if
             they
             should
             look
             behind
             them
             and
             see
             me
             running
             ,
             they
             vvould
             stopp
             till
             I
             gott
             up
             vvith
             them
             .
             I
             vvas
             in
             hopes
             that
             if
             I
             could
             have
             accomplished
             this
             my
             design
             ,
             to
             have
             gott
             help
             to
             have
             carried
             my
             Kinsman
             along
             ;
             But
             they
             stop
             not
             ,
             and
             I
             runn
             untill
             the
             Wind
             pierced
             me
             so
             that
             my
             Limbs
             failed
             and
             I
             fell
             ;
             yet
             still
             I
             strove
             ,
             and
             getting
             up
             vvalked
             backvvards
             to
             meet
             my
             VVife
             .
             As
             I
             was
             goying
             I
             mett
             with
             the
             Spaniard
             comeing
             out
             of
             the
             Sand-hills
             and
             
               Joseph
               Kirle●
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             I
             made
             my
             Complaint
             to
             the
             Spaniard
             ,
             but
             he
             not
             being
             able
             to
             understand
             me
             well
             ,
             went
             forward
             .
             I
             than
             apply'd
             my self
             to
             the
             Negroe
             ,
             making
             large
             promises
             if
             he
             would
             fetch
             my
             Kinsman
             ;
             he
             offered
             to
             go
             back
             and
             use
             his
             endeavour
             ,
             VVhich
             he
             did
             .
             At
             lenght
             my
             VVife
             and
             Child
             came
             up
             with
             me
             ;
             She
             vvas
             almost
             overcome
             VVith
             grief
             expressing
             in
             VVhat
             manner
             VVe
             VVere
             forced
             to
             part
             VVith
             our
             Kinsman
             ,
             and
             
             expecting
             that
             she
             and
             the
             Child
             should
             goe
             next
             .
             Poor
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             was
             a
             great
             way
             behind
             us
             :
             I
             feared
             We
             sould
             never
             see
             him
             again
             I
             used
             my
             endeavour
             to
             comfort
             and
             cheere
             my
             Wife
             ,
             intreating
             her
             ,
             not
             to
             let
             grief
             overcome
             her
             ;
             I
             had
             hopes
             that
             the
             Lord
             would
             help
             us
             in
             this
             strait
             ,
             as
             He
             hath
             done
             in
             many
             since
             We
             were
             in
             this
             Land
             :
             And
             if
             it
             pleased
             God
             that
             We
             might
             lay
             down
             our
             lives
             in
             this
             Wilderniss
             ,
             that
             We
             might
             beseech
             Him
             to
             enable
             us
             to
             do
             it
             willingly
             .
             Thus
             striving
             in
             a
             deep
             Exercise
             of
             Body
             and
             Mind
             We
             travelled
             on
             ,
             admiring
             Gods
             goodness
             in
             preserving
             us
             thus
             farr
             through
             so
             many
             eminent
             Dangers
             .
             In
             the
             sence
             of
             which
             a
             secret
             hope
             would
             arise
             ,
             (
             though
             invol●ed
             with
             human
             doubts
             and
             fear
             )
             thar
             the
             Lord
             would
             yet
             preserve
             ●s
             .
             I
             took
             my
             Child
             from
             the
             Negroe
             and
             carried
             him
             .
             I
             had
             an
             Indian-Matt
             with
             a
             splitt
             in
             it
             ,
             through
             which
             I
             putt
             my
             head
             ,
             hanging
             over
             my
             Breast
             unto
             my
             Wast
             :
             Under
             this
             I
             carried
             my
             Child
             ,
             which
             helpe't
             to
             break
             the
             wind
             off
             it
             ;
             but
             the
             poor
             Babe
             was
             black
             with
             cold
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             ,
             and
             its
             flesh
             as
             cold
             as
             a
             stone
             ;
             yet
             it
             was
             not
             forward
             .
             It
             's
             Mother
             would
             take
             it
             now
             and
             then
             and
             give
             it
             the
             Breast
             ,
             but
             little
             could
             it
             gett
             att
             it
             ;
             besides
             We
             dared
             not
             stopp
             in
             the
             least
             ,
             for
             if
             we
             did
             ,
             We
             should
             perceive
             our
             Limbs
             to
             fail
             .
             About
             two
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             we
             came
             up
             with
             our
             Negroe-Woman
             Hagar
             with
             her
             Child
             att
             her
             back
             almost
             dead
             :
             and
             a
             little
             further
             we
             came
             up
             with
             out
             Negroe-Girle
             Quenza
             ,
             being
             Dead
             ,
             as
             we
             thought
             ,
             for
             she
             was
             as
             stiff
             as
             a
             dead
             body
             could
             be
             ,
             and
             her
             Eyes
             sett
             ;
             butt
             at
             lenght
             we
             perceived
             her
             breath
             :
             but
             she
             had
             no
             sence
             ,
             nor
             motion
             .
             We
             carried
             her
             from
             the
             Waterside
             under
             
             the
             Bank.
             This
             increased
             my
             Wife
             ,
             ssorrow
             ;
             and
             she
             began
             to
             doubt
             she
             should
             not
             be
             able
             to
             travell
             much
             further
             :
             But
             I
             endeavoured
             to
             incourage
             her
             not
             to
             leave
             striving
             as
             long
             as
             any
             ability
             was
             left
             .
             All
             our
             People
             were
             out
             of
             sight
             exept
             Four
             ,
             and
             those
             We
             had
             gained
             upon
             .
             I
             sent
             my
             Negroe
             to
             overtake
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             disire
             them
             to
             slacken
             their
             pace
             till
             we
             gott
             up
             with
             them
             ;
             being
             in
             hopes
             that
             gaining
             their
             Company
             would
             to
             cheere
             up
             my
             Wife
             :
             But
             they
             would
             not
             ;
             so
             the
             Negroe
             stopt
             for
             us
             .
             We
             had
             lost
             sight
             of
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             by
             this
             time
             :
             Soon
             after
             we
             overtook
             
               John
               Smith
            
             who
             was
             one
             of
             the
             Four
             :
             he
             began
             to
             ●ail
             ,
             and
             his
             Companions
             left
             him
             ;
             whereupon
             he
             made
             grievous
             Complaints
             which
             I
             reproved
             him
             for
             ,
             left
             he
             should
             discourage
             my
             wife
             .
             The
             Sun
             was
             nigh
             Setting
             ;
             and
             we
             began
             to
             look
             out
             for
             the
             sentinalls
             Post
             ;
             and
             my
             Negroe
             at
             times
             gott
             upon
             severall
             of
             the
             highest
             Sand-hills
             to
             look
             out
             ,
             but
             could
             not
             see
             any
             house
             ,
             nor
             the
             smoak
             of
             Fire
             :
             This
             was
             terrible
             to
             us
             all
             ,
             for
             the
             day
             being
             so
             cold
             ,
             the
             night
             much
             more
             ,
             and
             we
             not
             able
             to
             travell
             without
             rest
             ,
             being
             a
             starved
             People
             both
             within
             our
             bodies
             and
             without
             ,
             and
             if
             we
             ceased
             from
             travelling
             ,
             we
             should
             instantly
             be
             nummed
             and
             move
             no
             further
             .
             In
             the
             midst
             of
             these
             Reasonings
             and
             doubtings
             We
             were
             gott
             into
             .
             I
             espyed
             a
             man
             as
             I
             thought
             ,
             standing
             on
             the
             Bank
             but
             at
             great
             distance
             ;
             I
             was
             afraid
             to
             speak
             lest
             it
             should
             prove
             otherwise
             ,
             but
             he
             was
             soon
             seen
             by
             the
             whole
             Company
             ,
             and
             at
             lenght
             We
             espyd
             him
             walking
             towards
             the
             Land
             ;
             this
             confirmed
             us
             ,
             and
             so
             we
             took
             to
             the
             hills
             again
             to
             look
             out
             ,
             yet
             could
             not
             see
             the
             house
             from
             thence
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             next
             hill
             We
             saw
             it
             :
             this
             was
             joy
             unto
             us
             ,
             though
             we
             began
             to
             have
             a
             sence
             
             of
             our
             tiredness
             ,
             for
             our
             Resolution
             abated
             after
             we
             had
             got
             sight
             of
             the
             house
             .
          
           
             When
             we
             gott
             to
             the
             house
             ,
             we
             found
             Four
             Sentinalls
             and
             the
             Spaniards
             our
             Guide
             with
             the
             three
             of
             our
             Men
             ;
             viz
             
               Ioseph
               Bucklay
               ,
               Nathaniell
               Randall
            
             ,
             and
             
               John
               Shires
            
             .
             The
             Spaniard
             bid
             us
             Welcome
             ,
             and
             made
             room
             for
             us
             to
             sitt
             down
             by
             the
             fire
             .
             The
             chiefest
             man
             of
             the
             Sentinall
             took
             a
             Kersey-Coat
             and
             gave
             my
             Wife
             to
             cover
             her
             ,
             and
             gave
             each
             of
             us
             a
             piece
             of
             bread
             made
             of
             Indian-Corn
             ,
             which
             was
             pleasant
             unto
             us
             :
             after
             it
             we
             had
             plenty
             of
             hott
             Casseena
             drink
             :
             It
             was
             dark
             and
             we
             endeavoured
             to
             prevail
             with
             the
             Spaniards
             to
             go
             seek
             for
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             and
             my
             Kinsman
             ,
             Offering
             them
             considerable
             ,
             but
             they
             seemed
             not
             fully
             to
             understand
             me
             ,
             yet
             I
             could
             make
             them
             sensible
             that
             my
             Kinsman
             was
             almost
             dead
             ,
             if
             not
             quite
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             Old-man
             was
             in
             a
             bad
             condition
             .
             They
             made
             me
             to
             understand
             that
             the
             weather
             was
             not
             fitt
             to
             go
             out
             ,
             but
             they
             would
             watch
             if
             Robert
             should
             pass
             by
             .
             About
             an
             hour
             or
             two
             after
             one
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             being
             walking
             out
             of
             the
             Bay
             mett
             with
             Robert
             and
             brought
             him
             into
             the
             house
             .
             We
             rejoyced
             to
             see
             him
             ,
             and
             inquired
             concerning
             our
             Kinsman
             and
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             He
             said
             our
             Kinsman
             was
             striving
             to
             gett
             upp
             and
             could
             not
             :
             he
             came
             to
             him
             and
             spake
             unto
             him
             ;
             he
             could
             not
             answer
             but
             Cryed
             ,
             and
             he
             could
             not
             help
             him
             ;
             but
             comeing
             along
             at
             some
             considerable
             distance
             mett
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             ;
             who
             said
             he
             was
             going
             for
             
               Benjamin
               Allen
            
             ,
             so
             he
             past
             him
             ;
             and
             some
             miles
             further
             he
             saw
             
               Negroe
               Jack
            
             drawing
             himself
             down
             from
             the
             Bank
             ,
             his
             lower
             parts
             being
             dead
             ,
             and
             crying
             out
             for
             some
             fire
             that
             he
             might
             save
             his
             life
             ;
             but
             he
             did
             not
             see
             the
             
               Negroe
               Girle
            
             whom
             we
             halled
             
             out
             of
             the
             way
             .
             We
             were
             under
             a
             great
             concern
             for
             our
             Kinsman
             ;
             the
             Spaniards
             we
             could
             not
             prevail
             upon
             to
             goe
             and
             ●etch
             him
             ,
             or
             go
             and
             carry
             where
             with
             to
             make
             a
             fire
             :
             Which
             had
             they
             done
             and
             found
             them
             living
             ,
             it
             might
             have
             preserved
             them●
             But
             we
             hoped
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             would
             bring
             our
             Kinsman
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             would
             have
             had
             most
             of
             us
             to
             have
             gone
             to
             the
             next
             Sen●inall's
             house
             ;
             Which
             was
             a
             League
             further
             ;
             but
             we
             all
             begged
             hard
             of
             them
             to
             let
             us
             lye
             in
             their
             house
             in
             any
             place
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             for
             We
             were
             not
             able
             to
             travel
             further
             :
             besides
             the
             cold
             would
             kill
             us
             ;
             for
             We
             were
             in
             such
             a
             trembling
             shaking
             condition
             ,
             and
             so
             full
             of
             pain
             from
             head
             to
             foot
             ,
             that
             it●s
             not
             to
             be
             expressed
             .
             At
             length
             the
             Spaniards
             consented
             that
             
               Robert
               Barrow
               ,
               I
            
             ,
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child●
             and
             
               John
               Smith
            
             should
             lye
             in
             the
             house
             ;
             but
             to
             
               Joseph
               Buckley
               ▪
               Nathaniell
               Randall
               ,
               John
               Sheirs
               ,
            
             and
             my
             
               N●groe
               London
            
             .
             They
             would
             not
             grant
             that
             favour
             :
             So
             one
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             taking
             a
             fire-brand
             bid
             those
             Four
             goe
             with
             him
             .
             He
             directed
             them
             to
             a
             small
             Thickett
             of
             Trees
             and
             shewed
             them
             to
             gather
             Wood
             and
             make
             large
             Fires
             and
             Sleep
             there
             .
             These
             poor
             creatures
             lay
             out
             ,
             and
             it
             proved
             a
             hard
             Frosty
             Night
             .
             The
             Spaniard
             returned
             and
             said
             they
             were
             gott
             into
             a
             Wood
             ,
             and
             had
             Fire
             enough
             .
             We
             were
             silent
             ,
             but
             feared
             they
             would
             hardly
             live
             till
             Morning
             .
          
           
             After
             they
             were
             gone
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             took
             a
             pint
             of
             Indian-Corn
             and
             parched
             it
             and
             gave
             part
             to
             us
             ,
             which
             we
             accepted
             cheerfully
             ;
             also
             they
             gave
             us
             some
             Casseena-drink
             .
             We
             were
             in
             extraordinary
             pain
             ,
             so
             that
             we
             could
             not
             rest
             ;
             and
             our
             Feet
             were
             extreamly
             bruis●●
             the
             Skin
             was
             off
             and
             the
             Sand
             caked
             with
             the
             blood
             that
             We
             could
             hardly
             sett
             our
             feet
             to
             the
             
             ground
             after
             we
             had
             been
             sometime
             in
             the
             house
             .
             The
             night
             was
             extreem
             cold
             though
             We
             were
             in
             the
             house
             ;
             and
             by
             the
             Fire
             we
             could
             not
             be
             warm
             ,
             for
             one
             side
             did
             scorch
             whilst
             the
             other
             was
             ready
             to
             freeze
             :
             and
             thus
             We
             passed
             the
             night
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             14.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             We
             looked
             out
             ,
             and
             there
             was
             a
             very
             hard
             Frost
             on
             the
             Ground
             ,
             so
             it
             was
             terible
             to
             goe
             out
             of
             Doores
             .
             Our
             People
             returned
             from
             the
             Wood
             ,
             but
             complained
             heavely
             of
             their
             hardship
             in
             the
             Night
             .
             They
             had
             not
             been
             an
             hour
             in
             the
             house
             before
             the
             Spaniards
             gave
             us
             all
             a
             Charge
             to
             be
             g●ne
             to
             the
             next
             Sentinall●s
             house
             :
             This
             was
             grievous
             to
             us
             all
             ,
             but
             more
             especially
             to
             my
             Wife
             ,
             who
             could
             not
             raise
             her self
             when
             down
             ;
             but
             goe
             We
             must
             ,
             for
             though
             we
             intreated
             hard
             for
             my
             Wife
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             ,
             We
             could
             not
             prevail
             that
             they
             might
             stay
             still
             We
             could
             gett
             A
             Cannooe
             .
             As
             We
             were
             all
             goeing
             one
             Spaniard
             made
             a
             Sign
             for
             me
             and
             my
             Wife
             to
             stay
             ,
             which
             ▪
             We
             did
             ;
             and
             it
             was
             to
             have
             a
             handfull
             of
             parcht
             Corn
             :
             As
             soon
             as
             We
             had
             received
             it
             they
             bid
             us
             be
             gone
             to
             the
             next
             Sentinall's
             ,
             where
             was
             Victualls
             enough
             for
             us
             .
             The
             Sunn
             was
             a
             great
             height
             ,
             but
             We
             could
             not
             feel
             any
             Warmth
             it
             gave
             ,
             the
             North-Wester
             beginning
             to
             blow
             as
             hard
             as
             it
             did
             the
             Day
             before
             .
             And
             having
             deep
             Sand
             to
             travell
             through
             ,
             which
             made
             our
             Travelling
             this
             one
             League
             very
             hard
             ,
             especially
             to
             my
             Wife
             and
             Robert.
             The
             Spaniards
             sent
             my
             Wife
             a
             Blankett
             to
             be
             Left
             att
             the
             next
             Sentinall●s
             house
             .
          
           
             At
             lenght
             We
             came
             to
             an
             Inlett
             of
             the
             Sea
             ;
             on
             the
             other
             side
             was
             the
             Look-out
             and
             Sentinall●s
             house
             ;
             here
             were
             all
             our
             People
             ●●●ing
             waiting
             to
             be
             carri●d
             
             over
             and
             in
             a
             little
             time
             came
             one
             of
             the
             Sentinalls
             ,
             with
             a
             Cannooe
             and
             carried
             us
             over
             .
          
           
             This
             Sentinall
             would
             not
             suffer
             us
             to
             come
             into
             his
             house
             ,
             but
             caused
             us
             to
             kindle
             a
             fire
             under
             the
             Leigh
             of
             his
             house
             and
             there
             fitt
             down
             :
             About
             half
             an
             hour
             after
             he
             bid
             us
             be
             gone
             to
             the
             next
             Sentinall's
             ,
             which
             was
             a
             League
             further
             ,
             giving
             us
             a
             Cup
             of
             Casseena
             and
             two
             Quarts
             of
             Indian-Corn
             for
             us
             all
             ,
             bidding
             us
             goe
             to
             our
             Company
             at
             next
             house
             and
             our
             Corn
             dressed
             there
             .
          
           
             I
             understood
             that
             our
             
               Negroe-Woman
               Hagar
            
             gott
             hither
             late
             last
             Night
             having
             her
             Child
             dead
             at
             her
             back
             ,
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             buried
             .
          
           
             One
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             went
             with
             us
             to
             the
             next
             Inlett
             carrying
             a
             Stick
             of
             Fire
             to
             sett
             Fire
             of
             some
             Trash
             to
             make
             a
             signall
             for
             them
             on
             the
             otheiside
             to
             fetch
             us
             over
             the
             Inlett
             being
             very
             wide
             .
             When
             the
             Cannooe
             came
             over
             for
             us
             ,
             our
             Guide
             took
             the
             Blankett
             from
             my
             Wife
             ;
             but
             the
             Negroe
             which
             brought
             over
             the
             Cannooe
             lent
             my
             Wife
             one
             of
             his
             Coats
             ,
             so
             we
             gott
             over
             ,
             but
             before
             We
             gott
             to
             the
             house
             we
             had
             a
             showr
             of
             hail
             .
             At
             this
             house
             We
             were
             kindly
             received
             ,
             having
             such
             a
             Mess
             of
             Victualls
             as
             we
             had
             not
             had
             in
             a
             long
             time
             before
             ,
             which
             was
             very
             pleasant
             to
             our
             hunger-starv'd
             Stomachs
             .
             Our
             People
             went
             hence
             ;
             this
             Morning
             for
             Augusteen
             ,
             having
             a
             Guide
             with
             them
             :
             but
             
               John
               Hos●er
            
             and
             Penelope
             were
             left
             here
             ,
             not
             being
             able
             to
             travell
             .
             We
             remained
             here
             till
             the
             Morrow
             ,
             but
             the
             Night
             was
             so
             extreem
             cold
             that
             we
             could
             not
             rest
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             month
             15.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Spaniards
             bid
             us
             prepare
             to
             travell
             for
             they
             were
             not
             able
             to
             mantain
             us
             .
             We
             understood
             that
             it
             was
             five
             or
             six
             Leagues
             to
             Augusteen
             ,
             
             and
             We
             could
             not
             travell
             so
             Farr
             ,
             being
             all
             of
             us
             lamed
             and
             stiff
             :
             We
             intreated
             them
             to
             let
             us
             goe
             in
             a
             Cannooe
             ,
             but
             they
             deneyed
             us
             :
             We
             intreated
             for
             the
             two
             Women
             and
             
               Robert
               barrow
            
             ;
             At
             lenght
             we
             prevailed
             that
             they
             should
             goe
             up
             in
             a
             Cannooe
             ,
             for
             the
             Cannooe
             was
             to
             goe
             whether
             we
             went
             or
             not
             .
          
           
             While
             all
             this
             discourse
             was
             ,
             came
             in
             a
             couple
             of
             Spaniards
             ,
             one
             being
             the
             Sentinall
             that
             went
             with
             our
             people
             the
             day
             before
             ,
             the
             other
             was
             a
             Person
             the
             Governour
             had
             sent
             with
             a
             Cannooe
             and
             four
             Spaniards
             to
             fetch
             us
             ,
             This
             was
             cheerfull
             News
             ;
             for
             had
             we
             gone
             to
             have
             travelled
             without
             a
             Guide
             ,
             we
             should
             have
             Perished
             .
             The
             man
             that
             came
             for
             us
             brought
             two
             Blanketts
             ,
             one
             for
             my
             Wife
             ,
             the
             oher
             for
             Penelope
             :
             He
             desired
             us
             to
             be
             goeing
             .
             About
             a
             League
             distance
             from
             the
             place
             he
             left
             the
             Cannooe
             ,
             which
             we
             parted
             with
             very
             unwillingly
             ;
             for
             some
             of
             our
             people
             ,
             had
             they
             had
             a
             Mile
             further
             to
             have
             gone
             ,
             could
             not
             have
             gone
             it
             :
             The
             Wind
             still
             continued
             att
             North-West
             and
             blowed
             very
             Fiercely
             ;
             and
             extreem
             cold
             it
             was
             :
             We
             had
             such
             a
             continuall
             shivering
             and
             pain
             in
             our
             Bones
             that
             we
             were
             in
             violent
             anguish
             .
          
           
             Our
             poor
             Child
             was
             quiet
             ,
             but
             so
             black
             with
             cold
             and
             shaking
             that
             it
             was
             admirable
             how
             it
             liv
             d.
             VVe
             gott
             to
             Augusteen
             about
             two
             houres
             before
             Night
             ▪
             Being
             putt
             on
             shoar
             ,
             we
             were
             directed
             to
             the
             Governour
             's
             house
             :
             being
             gott
             thither
             we
             were
             had
             up
             a
             pare
             of
             Staires
             ,
             at
             the
             head
             whereof
             stood
             the
             Governour
             ,
             who
             ordered
             my
             Wife
             to
             be
             conducted
             to
             his
             
               Wife's
               Appartment
               .
               I
            
             and
             
               John
               Smith
            
             went
             into
             a
             Room
             where
             the
             Governour
             asked
             us
             a
             few
             Questions
             ;
             but
             seeing
             how
             extreem
             cold
             we
             were
             ,
             He
             gave
             us
             a
             Cup
             of
             Spanish-Wine
             and
             sent
             us
             into
             his
             Kitchin
             to
             
             warm
             our selves
             at
             the
             Fire
             .
             About
             half
             an
             hour
             afterwards
             the
             Governour
             sent
             for
             
               John
               Smith
            
             and
             M●
             and
             gave
             us
             a
             Shirt
             and
             Sliders
             ,
             a
             Hatt
             and
             a
             pare
             of
             Silk
             Stockins
             ,
             telling
             us
             ,
             he
             had
             no
             VVollen
             Clothes
             as
             yet
             ,
             but
             would
             have
             some
             made
             :
             VVe
             put
             on
             the
             Linnen
             and
             made
             all
             hast
             into
             the
             Kitchen
             to
             the
             Fire
             .
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             was
             quartered
             at
             another
             house
             :
             The
             Persons
             came
             to
             the
             Governours
             house
             and
             took
             such
             as
             they
             were
             minded
             to
             quarter
             in
             their
             houses
             ;
             So
             that
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               John
               Smith
               ,
               I
               ,
            
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child
             lodged
             at
             the
             Governour
             's
             house
             .
             All
             our
             People
             that
             came
             up
             with
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             came
             to
             see
             us
             .
             VVe
             perceived
             the
             People
             s
             great
             kindness
             ;
             Fot
             they
             were
             all
             well
             clothed
             from
             head
             too
             foot
             with
             the
             best
             the
             People
             had
             .
             
               ●oseph
               Kirle
            
             began
             to
             tell
             us
             of
             his
             Travell
             after
             he
             left
             us
             on
             the
             Bay
             ,
             and
             how
             that
             they
             all
             concluded
             That
             they
             should
             never
             see
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             any
             more
             ,
             if
             they
             did
             my
             Kinsman
             and
             
               Me.
               Richard
               Limpeney
            
             and
             those
             that
             went
             with
             him
             had
             a
             hard
             Travell
             for
             thirthy
             six
             hours
             without
             ceasing
             ,
             in
             which
             Travell
             three
             of
             our
             Negroes
             that
             went
             with
             them
             were
             lost
             ,
             (
             viz
             
               Jack
               ,
               C●sar
            
             and
             Quensa
             ,
             by
             sitting
             down
             to
             rest
             themselves
             they
             were
             in
             a
             little
             time
             so
             numed
             that
             they
             could
             not
             goe
             ,
             and
             there
             Perished
             .
             So
             that
             we
             lost
             five
             in
             that
             day's
             Travell
             ,
             and
             began
             to
             ▪
             doubt
             that
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             Perished
             also
             .
             
               ●oseph
               Keirle
            
             said
             that
             he
             thought
             he
             should
             have
             lost
             som
             of
             our
             People
             in
             their
             Travell
             from
             the
             last
             Centinall's
             hither
             ,
             For
             they
             were
             much
             tyred
             ,
             and
             the
             Cold
             Violent
             and
             the
             La●ter
             part
             of
             that
             day's
             Jorney
             they
             VVading
             for
             many
             miles
             through
             much
             VVater
             ,
             and
             deep
             Sand-hills
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             came
             in
             sight
             of
             Augusteen
             they
             stayed
             for
             Boats
             to
             Fetch
             them
             ,
             in
             
             which
             time
             some
             were
             nummed
             with
             the
             Cold.
             
               Joseph
               Keirle
            
             applyed
             himself
             to
             the
             Governour
             on
             our
             behalfs
             to
             send
             us
             help
             ,
             for
             he
             doubted
             wether
             We
             were
             all
             living
             ;
             the
             Governour
             readely
             Assented
             and
             fortwith
             sent
             for
             a
             Person
             fitt
             for
             his
             purpose
             ;
             Chargeing
             him
             to
             gett
             a
             Perre-A●goe
             and
             Men
             ,
             and
             goe
             forthwith
             and
             fetch
             us
             ,
             but
             the
             Tide
             fell
             out
             ,
             so
             that
             We
             could
             not
             goe
             till
             Midnight
             :
             The
             Governour
             was
             so
             concerned
             that
             he
             would
             not
             goe
             to
             Bed
             ▪
             till
             they
             were
             gone
             ;
             when
             the
             Tide
             served
             he
             went
             to
             the
             Waterside
             and
             saw
             the
             Men
             putt
             off
             ,
             giving
             them
             a
             Strict
             Charge
             .
          
           
             
               Solomon
               Cresson
            
             began
             to
             tell
             us
             of
             his
             Travells
             from
             Jece
             ,
             having
             most
             part
             of
             the
             way
             much
             Rain
             :
             The
             Indians
             were
             very
             kind
             unto
             him
             untill
             thy
             came
             to
             the
             
               Indian
               Towne
            
             where
             the
             Dutch
             men
             were
             killed
             ,
             at
             which
             place
             some
             of
             those
             Indians
             made
             a
             discovery
             of
             him
             to
             be
             no
             Spaniard
             .
             They
             said
             nothing
             to
             him
             thereof
             ,
             but
             were
             very
             dogged
             to
             him
             ,
             giving
             him
             no
             Food
             ,
             and
             causing
             him
             to
             lye
             on
             the
             Ground
             Amongst
             Vermine
             .
             On
             the
             Morrow
             he
             was
             to
             goe
             with
             his
             former
             Company
             ;
             Who
             were
             grown
             so
             extreamly
             bitter
             and
             envious
             to
             him
             that
             when
             they
             did
             but
             look
             upon
             him
             ,
             they
             were
             ready
             to
             smite
             him
             ;
             having
             gone
             untill
             about
             mid-day
             ,
             passing
             an
             Inlett
             ,
             the
             wether
             being
             extreme
             bad
             with
             Wind
             ,
             Rain
             and
             much
             Cold
             ,
             they
             putt
             on
             shoar
             ;
             (
             this
             was
             the
             place
             where
             We
             putt
             on
             shoar
             and
             gott
             Water-soldiers
             and
             stayed
             for
             the
             Spaniard
             when
             he
             went
             back
             to
             look
             for
             our
             People
             that
             were
             to
             follow
             us
             in
             a
             Cannooe
             )
             but
             the
             Rage
             of
             these
             bloody
             people
             was
             such
             that
             he
             expected
             to
             dye
             ;
             being
             on
             shoar
             they
             readely
             kindled
             a
             Fire
             ,
             about
             which
             time
             he
             heard
             a
             noise
             of
             a
             Boat
             and
             Oars
             ,
             and
             presently
             the
             
               Spanish
               P●rre-Augo
            
             putt
             
             on
             Shoar
             upon
             them
             :
             the
             Indian
             were
             extraordinarily
             Surprized
             and
             stood
             Amazed
             but
             Solomon
             was
             glad
             to
             see
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             him
             :
             the
             Spaniards
             took
             the
             old
             Casseekey's
             Chest
             and
             whatever
             he
             had
             from
             him
             ,
             Comanding
             them
             to
             return
             to
             the
             
               Indian
               Towns
            
             from
             whence
             they
             came
             .
             staying
             all
             Night
             the
             next
             morning
             the
             Spaniards
             send
             Solomon
             under
             the
             Conduct
             of
             two
             Indians
             belongingh
             to
             these
             Towns
             who
             were
             commanded
             by
             the
             Spaniards
             to
             Carry
             Solomon
             unto
             the
             Sentinall's
             house
             ,
             but
             these
             two
             Indians
             carried
             him
             a
             little
             beyond
             the
             place
             where
             We
             putt
             on
             shoar
             to
             travel
             ,
             and
             they
             seemed
             as
             though
             they
             had
             mischief
             in
             their
             hearts
             against
             him
             :
             He
             asked
             if
             they
             would
             goe
             forward
             ?
             But
             they
             looking
             untowardly
             on
             him
             ,
             answered
             him
             not
             :
             so
             he
             went
             himself
             and
             was
             glad
             when
             he
             saw
             they
             did
             not
             follow
             him
             .
          
           
             But
             We
             were
             desirous
             to
             know
             how
             the
             Spaniards
             had
             knowledge
             of
             us
             ,
             Which
             it
             seems
             was
             thus
             .
          
           
             When
             We
             gott
             to
             Jece
             where
             Smith
             and
             his
             Company
             were
             ,
             and
             We
             going
             under
             the
             Denomination
             of
             Spaniards
             and
             the
             other
             English
             ,
             the
             report
             of
             us
             runn
             from
             
               Indian-Town
               to
               Indian-Town
            
             to
             the
             Northward
             unto
             the
             
               Northernmost
               Town
            
             ,
             att
             which
             Town
             ▪
             were
             two
             or
             more
             Indians
             that
             were
             converted
             to
             the
             
               Romish
               Faith.
            
             These
             or
             one
             of
             these
             went
             to
             the
             next
             Spanish
             Sentinalls
             and
             gave
             an
             account
             that
             he
             heard
             that
             there
             were
             two
             Vessels
             cast
             away
             to
             the
             Southward
             of
             Jece
             ,
             one
             being
             a
             Spaniard
             ,
             the
             other
             an
             
               English
               Vessell
            
             ,
             the
             Spaniards
             having
             two
             Vessels
             gone
             for
             the
             H●vana
             to
             seek
             for
             supplies
             ,
             feared
             it
             was
             those
             Vessels
             :
             And
             the
             same
             day
             as
             this
             News
             came
             to
             the
             Governour
             of
             Augusteen
             came
             also
             News
             of
             one
             of
             their
             Fryers
             ,
             being
             murdered
             by
             some
             of
             the
             
               Cape
               Indians
            
             .
             After
             
             this
             manner
             we
             understood
             it
             ;
             viz.
             Three
             Fryers
             being
             under
             a
             vow
             to
             goe
             amongst
             the
             Indians
             on
             the
             Cape
             to
             Convert
             them
             ,
             they
             went
             to
             a
             certain
             Town
             to
             the
             Northward
             of
             where
             we
             were
             cast
             away
             ,
             but
             it
             lay
             within
             the
             Sound
             .
             The
             Casseekey
             of
             this
             Town
             they
             gained
             on
             to
             Embrace
             the
             Roman-Faith
             ,
             but
             all
             his
             people
             were
             much
             incenced
             against
             the
             Fryers
             ,
             and
             therefore
             would
             have
             their
             Casseekey
             renounce
             his
             faith
             ,
             and
             put
             the
             Fryers
             to
             death
             ;
             but
             he
             would
             Assent
             to
             neither
             :
             therefore
             they
             killed
             him
             and
             one
             Fryer
             ;
             the
             other
             two
             eshaped
             .
             Hereupon
             was
             a
             Perre-Augoe
             forthwith
             sent
             for
             us
             of
             what
             Nation
             soever
             we
             might
             be
             ,
             also
             a
             party
             of
             Spaniards
             and
             Indians
             were
             sent
             against
             that
             Town
             where
             the
             Fryer
             was
             killed
             .
             We
             had
             a
             plentifull
             Supper
             ,
             and
             We
             fedd
             like
             people
             that
             had
             been
             half
             starved
             ,
             for
             We
             eat
             not
             knowing
             when
             We
             had
             enough
             :
             and
             We
             found
             our
             Palats
             so
             changed
             by
             eating
             of
             Berries
             that
             We
             could
             not
             relish
             the
             Tast
             of
             Salt
             any
             more
             than
             if
             it
             had
             no
             saltness
             in
             it
             :
             We
             had
             lodging
             provided
             ,
             but
             few
             Beds
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mt
             .
             16.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             We
             had
             I●e
             half
             an
             Inch
             thick
             ,
             and
             it
             had
             been
             so
             for
             some
             Mornings
             past
             ,
             but
             as
             the
             Sun
             riset
             it
             's
             gone
             .
          
           
             The
             Governour
             came
             this
             Morning
             to
             our
             Apartement
             ,
             inquiring
             how
             We
             did
             ?
             We
             having
             had
             Chocolatta
             for
             breakfast
             he
             asked
             if
             We
             would
             have
             any
             thing
             else
             that
             his
             house
             could
             afford
             :
             If
             We
             would
             but
             ask
             it
             should
             be
             brought
             us
             .
             but
             we
             modestly
             answered
             That
             this
             was
             sufficient
             althoug
             our
             Appetites
             were
             not
             to
             be
             satisfiied
             .
             The
             Governour
             stated
             the
             poverty
             of
             the
             Country
             unto
             us
             .
             The
             place
             is
             a
             Gar●son
             maintained
             one
             half
             by
             the
             King
             of
             Spain
             the
             
             other
             half
             by
             the
             Church
             of
             Rome
             .
             The
             Male
             Inhabitants
             are
             all
             Soldiers
             ,
             every
             one
             receiving
             Pay
             according
             to
             their
             Post
             .
             A
             Sentinall●s
             Pay
             is
             150
             pices
             of
             Eight
             a
             year
             .
             And
             all
             their
             supply
             of
             Bread
             ,
             Clothing
             and
             Money
             comes
             from
             the
             H●vana
             and
             
               Porto
               Vella
            
             .
             And
             it
             is
             a
             going
             on
             of
             three
             Years
             since
             they
             have
             had
             a
             Vessell
             from
             any
             place
             whatsoever
             ,
             which
             makes
             their
             Wants
             very
             great
             :
             All
             things
             being
             expended
             except
             Ammanition
             and
             Salt
             ,
             of
             which
             they
             said
             they
             had
             enough
             .
             The
             Governour
             offered
             us
             the
             freedom
             of
             what
             his
             house
             afforded
             ,
             withall
             gave
             us
             a
             Charge
             to
             be
             carefull
             in
             going
             abroad
             ,
             especially
             of
             some
             persons
             that
             did
             not
             effect
             our
             Nation
             :
             We
             promised
             to
             be
             ruled
             and
             submitt
             to
             the
             Governours
             pleasure
             for
             our
             Liberty
             .
             Our
             people
             came
             in
             and
             We
             told
             them
             the
             caution
             ;
             but
             they
             said
             They
             had
             been
             all
             over
             the
             Tow●
             and
             in
             many
             hou●es
             where
             they
             were
             kindly
             received
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             the
             people
             had
             they
             would
             give
             them
             .
             They
             told
             us
             of
             some
             English
             that
             liv'd
             here
             ,
             and
             they
             had
             been
             at
             their
             houses
             ;
             the
             chiefest
             in
             esteem
             was
             one
             
               William
               Carr
            
             of
             the
             Isle
             of
             Man
             ,
             who
             about
             thirty
             years
             ago
             was
             in
             a
             Vessel
             bound
             for
             
               South
               Carolina
            
             ,
             but
             missing
             their
             Port
             were
             cast
             away
             nigh
             this
             Port
             ,
             many
             were
             drownd
             ,
             but
             he
             and
             some
             others
             were
             brought
             hither
             by
             the
             Indians
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             gott
             away
             in
             Spanish
             Vessels
             ,
             others
             dy'd
             here
             :
             This
             man
             turned
             
               Roman
               Catholick
            
             and
             Married
             a
             
               Spanish
               Woman
            
             ,
             of
             whom
             he
             had
             Seven
             Children
             ,
             and
             is
             an
             Officer
             in
             the
             Garison
             :
             He
             was
             chief
             Interpreter
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             came
             
               Joseph
               Kirl's
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             :
             He
             gave
             us
             this
             Account
             that
             after
             he
             had
             sent
             him
             back
             ,
             he
             having
             looked
             and
             not
             finding
             my
             Kinsman
             went
             to
             se●k
             for
             a
             place
             to
             shelter
             himself
             from
             the
             Cold
             ,
             and
             
             some
             place
             he
             found
             to
             creep
             in
             where
             he
             lay
             down
             and
             continued
             there
             all
             Night
             ,
             but
             by
             Morning
             was
             so
             stiff
             with
             Cold
             that
             he
             could
             not
             use
             his
             Leggs
             ,
             but
             halled
             himself
             towards
             the
             Bay.
             The
             Spaniard
             our
             Guide
             from
             the
             first
             Sentry
             house
             the
             Morning
             after
             we
             went
             thence
             returned
             along
             the
             Bay
             to
             see
             if
             any
             of
             our
             people
             were
             living
             ,
             but
             he
             found
             all
             dead
             except
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             :
             and
             he
             getting
             a
             fire
             made
             
               Negroe
               Ben.
            
             was
             recovered
             and
             gott
             the
             use
             of
             his
             Limbs
             .
          
           
             
               William
               Carr
            
             the
             Interpreter
             acquainted
             us
             that
             the
             Governour
             and
             two
             Royall
             Officers
             would
             examin
             us
             concerning
             our
             being
             cast
             away
             and
             what
             goods
             and
             Moneys
             was
             lost
             in
             our
             Vessell
             ,
             and
             concerning
             our
             hardships
             amongst
             the
             
               Florida-Indians
               &c.
            
             
             Which
             was
             done
             ,
             and
             every
             one
             did
             Sign
             it
             .
             This
             took
             up
             2
             or
             3
             days
             time
             to
             Complete
             it
             .
             After
             this
             was
             done
             the
             Governour
             told
             us
             ,
             That
             he
             expected
             
               Capt.
               Sebastian
               Lopas
            
             in
             som
             few
             days
             ,
             and
             after
             his
             Arrivall
             he
             would
             provide
             for
             our
             going
             to
             Carolina
             with
             Cannooes
             and
             Men
             to
             Guard
             us
             .
          
           
             This
             Week
             my
             Wife
             was
             taken
             with
             a
             Fever
             and
             Ague
             which
             held
             her
             three
             days
             and
             then
             left
             her
             .
             The
             Governour
             ordered
             his
             own
             Docter
             to
             administer
             such
             things
             as
             were
             helpfull
             .
             The
             Governour
             kindness
             to
             us
             all
             was
             extraordinary
             ,
             for
             he
             would
             daily
             enquire
             of
             us
             if
             We
             wanted
             any
             thing
             which
             he
             had
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             gave
             us
             an
             Account
             ,
             and
             We
             eat
             no
             worse
             than
             he
             did
             daily
             .
          
           
             The
             Town
             We
             saw
             from
             one
             end
             to
             the
             other
             :
             It
             is
             about
             three
             quarters
             of
             a
             mile
             in
             length
             ,
             not
             regularly
             built
             ,
             the
             houses
             not
             very
             thick
             ;
             they
             having
             large
             Orchards
             ,
             in
             which
             are
             plenty
             of
             
               Oranges
               ,
               ●emmons
               ,
               Pome-Citrons
               ,
               Lymes
               ,
               Figgs
            
             and
             Peaches
             :
             
             the
             house
             most
             of
             them
             old
             building
             and
             not
             half
             of
             them
             inhabited
             .
             The
             number
             of
             Men
             being
             about
             three
             hundred
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             Government
             and
             many
             of
             them
             are
             kept
             as
             Sentinalls
             at
             their
             Look-outs
             .
             At
             the
             North
             end
             of
             the
             Town
             standeth
             a
             large
             Fortification
             ,
             being
             a
             Quadrangel
             with
             Bastions
             ,
             Each
             Bastion
             will
             contain
             thirtheen
             Guns
             ;
             but
             there
             is
             not
             passing
             two
             thirds
             of
             Fifty
             two
             mounted
             .
             In
             the
             Curtin
             they
             can
             not
             mount
             any
             Gunns
             being
             only
             for
             small
             Arms.
             The
             Wall
             of
             the
             Fortification
             is
             about
             thirthy
             foot
             high
             built
             of
             sawed
             Stone
             ,
             such
             as
             they
             gett
             out
             of
             the
             sand
             between
             the
             Sea
             and
             the
             Sound
             .
             This
             Stone
             is
             only
             Sand
             and
             small
             shells
             connexed
             together
             being
             not
             very
             hard
             till
             exposed
             to
             the
             Sun.
             The
             Fort
             is
             moated
             round
             ,
             The
             would
             not
             admitt
             us
             to
             come
             near
             the
             Fort
             ;
             but
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             took
             an
             Opportunity
             and
             walked
             round
             about
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mt
             .
             23.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             I
             considering
             that
             the
             latter
             end
             of
             this
             week
             was
             talked
             of
             for
             our
             setting
             Forward
             towards
             Carolina
             (
             Which
             the
             Spaniards
             call
             
               St.
               Georges
            
             ,
             )
             We
             concluded
             to
             endeavour
             to
             provide
             our selves
             ,
             if
             We
             could
             ,
             with
             Clothing
             ;
             cosidering
             We
             should
             be
             exposed
             ▪
             to
             all
             the
             weather
             that
             might
             happen
             ,
             and
             have
             no
             shelter
             but
             what
             we
             carried
             with
             us
             .
             therefore
             We
             were
             incleined
             to
             sell
             ,
             He
             his
             and
             I
             one
             or
             two
             of
             my
             Negroes
             to
             provide
             us
             Chlothing
             and
             Provisions
             .
             We
             addressed
             our selves
             to
             the
             Governour
             and
             withall
             offered
             him
             if
             he
             pleased
             to
             accept
             the
             choise
             of
             my
             Negroes
             ;
             but
             he
             denyed
             our
             Offer
             .
             We
             stated
             our
             matter
             to
             Him
             and
             asked
             if
             we
             might
             dispose
             of
             our
             Negroes
             ?
             He
             said
             ,
             No
             ,
             we
             should
             not
             ,
             neither
             could
             we
             ●ell
             them
             to
             any
             person
             but
             himself
             
             for
             the
             King's
             Account
             without
             a
             speciall
             Licence
             .
             Therefore
             he
             would
             Consult
             the
             two
             Royall-Officers
             and
             give
             us
             his
             answer
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mt
             .
             24.
             the
             3
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             the
             Governour
             sent
             for
             us
             ,
             and
             told
             us
             ▪
             That
             he
             would
             give
             us
             Credit
             for
             what
             We
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Company
             would
             .
             I
             told
             him
             that
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child
             would
             want
             some
             warmer
             Clothing
             ,
             also
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             my Self
             should
             want
             some
             ,
             if
             to
             be
             had
             .
             He
             ordered
             us
             to
             give
             in
             an
             Account
             of
             what
             We
             should
             Want
             ,
             and
             if
             to
             be
             had
             ,
             he
             would
             gett
             it
             :
             And
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             I
             should
             give
             our
             Obligation
             to
             pay
             the
             Governour
             of
             Carolina
             what
             the
             Summ
             amounted
             unto
             ;
             which
             We
             were
             willing
             to
             do
             :
             But
             We
             disired
             that
             our
             People
             should
             give
             us
             their
             Obligation
             for
             what
             We
             were
             engaged
             for
             on
             their
             Account
             ;
             Which
             the
             Governour
             thought
             reasonable
             .
             I
             gave
             in
             an
             account
             of
             particulars
             for
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ;
               Robert
               Barrow
               ,
               Myself
            
             and
             Family
             :
             Also
             the
             quantity
             of
             
               Indian-Corn
               ,
               Peace
               ,
               Stringed
               Beefe
               ,
               Salt
            
             and
             
               Earthen
               Potts
            
             for
             the
             whole
             Company
             :
             But
             Clothing
             was
             not
             to
             be
             had
             except
             as
             much
             Stuff
             as
             made
             a
             Suit
             fot
             my
             Wife
             ▪
             and
             Child
             ,
             and
             a
             few
             Skins
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             I
             gott
             :
             I
             gott
             also
             seven
             Blanketts
             tho
             the
             price
             was
             great
             .
             These
             served
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               Robert
               Barrow
               ,
               Myself
            
             and
             Family
             .
             We
             had
             Five
             Roves
             of
             Ammonition
             Bread
             ,
             so
             full
             of
             Weavel
             that
             Corn
             was
             far
             better
             .
             Twenty
             Roves
             of
             strung
             Beefe
             :
             Sixty
             Roves
             of
             Indian-Corn
             .
             Ten
             Roves
             of
             Peace
             .
             〈◊〉
             Rove
             of
             Salt
             ,
             Jarrs
             For
             Water
             ,
             and
             
               Earthen
               Potts
            
             to
             boile
             our
             Victualls
             in
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mt
             .
             25.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             The
             Governour
             sen●
             for
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             Me
             to
             certify
             that
             all
             that
             was
             to
             be
             gott
             he
             had
             gott
             for
             us
             .
             And
             
             he
             further
             signifyed
             unto
             us
             that
             he
             did
             expect
             
               Sebastian
               Lopas
            
             before
             this
             time
             ,
             and
             he
             would
             not
             have
             us
             to
             go
             till
             he
             came
             ,
             for
             whatever
             he
             could
             gett
             of
             our
             Money
             and
             Goods
             We
             should
             receive
             it
             every
             Doit.
             But
             We
             said
             We
             desired
             not
             to
             be
             detained
             on
             that
             account
             ,
             for
             we
             had
             given
             that
             already
             over
             for
             gone
             from
             us
             .
             And
             as
             it
             had
             pleased
             God
             to
             make
             them
             the
             Instruments
             of
             our
             preservation
             ,
             so
             we
             did
             freely
             give
             any
             thing
             of
             that
             which
             was
             or
             may
             be
             deemed
             ours
             to
             the
             Governour
             and
             those
             persons
             that
             were
             sent
             for
             us
             .
             The
             Governour
             said
             He
             would
             not
             have
             any
             thing
             to
             do
             vvith
             it
             ,
             for
             vvhat
             ever
             he
             did
             was
             for
             Charity●s
             sake
             .
             Then
             We
             desired
             the
             Soldiers
             should
             have
             it
             if
             anything
             shoul
             be
             gott
             ,
             Which
             we
             doubted
             .
             And
             hereupon
             we
             considered
             That
             should
             those
             poor
             men
             gett
             nothing
             We
             ought
             to
             allow
             them
             something
             in
             generall
             ;
             Therefore
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             and
             I
             offered
             the
             Governour
             That
             VVe
             would
             allow
             
               Capt.
               Sebastian
               Lopas
            
             and
             his
             Men
             an
             hundred
             
               Pieces
               of
               Eight
            
             for
             bringind
             us
             up
             from
             amongst
             the
             Indians
             .
             The
             Governour
             was
             well
             pleased
             with
             our
             Offer
             and
             said
             the
             should
             have
             it
             .
          
           
             About
             this
             time
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             was
             taken
             with
             a
             grievous
             Belly-Ach
             ,
             after
             which
             he
             f●ll
             into
             a
             violent
             Flux
             .
             Severall
             of
             our
             People
             also
             were
             taken
             with
             the
             Belly-Ach
             and
             great
             Scouring
             ,
             all
             which
             was
             chieflly
             Occasioned
             by
             our
             unreasonable
             Eating
             and
             not
             governing
             our selves
             therein
             .
             Our
             chief
             Dyett
             was
             
               Hommoney
               ,
               Herbs
            
             and
             Pumpions
             ,
             having
             not
             much
             Meat
             ;
             Which
             mean
             dyett
             was
             our
             preservation
             :
             For
             had
             it
             been
             all
             Flesh
             ,
             We
             should
             have
             distroyed
             our selves
             ▪
             But
             VVe
             had
             the
             best
             the
             Place
             afforded
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mt
             .
             26.
             the
             5
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             VV●
             Signed
             out
             Obligation
             for
             
               four
               hundred
               
               Pieces
               of
               Eight
               ,
            
             and
             VVe
             were
             to
             be
             gone
             the
             28
             or
             29
             I●stant
             ,
             after
             which
             our
             People
             signed
             their
             Obligation
             to
             us
             to
             pay
             their
             proportion
             of
             what
             was
             Provided
             for
             them
             in
             Provisions
             and
             their
             part
             of
             what
             should
             be
             paid
             for
             their
             Passage
             from
             the
             Indians
             to
             Carolina
             :
             Whereupon
             We
             made
             the
             best
             Provision
             we
             could
             :
             I
             had
             gott
             some
             Wine
             and
             Brandy
             for
             my self
             and
             Famely
             and
             some
             small
             Necessaries
             for
             our
             Child
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             Resolution
             to
             goe
             through
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mot
             .
             29.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             after
             we
             had
             Dined
             ,
             Cannooes
             being
             gott
             ready
             ,
             One
             
               Capt.
               Francisco
               De
               Roma
            
             with
             six
             Soldiers
             was
             to
             go
             our
             Conduct
             ;
             the
             Governour
             walked
             down
             to
             see
             us
             Embarque
             ,
             and
             taking
             our
             Farewell
             He
             Embraced
             some
             of
             us
             and
             wished
             us
             well
             ,
             saying
             ,
             WE
             SHOULD
             FORGETT
             HIM
             WHEN
             WE
             GO●T
             AMONGST
             OUR
             OWN
             NATION
             ,
             And
             also
             added
             THAT
             IF
             WE
             FORGOTT
             ,
             GOD
             WOULD
             NOT
             FORGETT
             HIM
             .
             Thus
             in
             a
             courteous
             manner
             We
             parted
             ;
             which
             was
             about
             two
             or
             three
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             .
             Taking
             our
             departure
             from
             Augusteen
             ,
             we
             had
             about
             two
             or
             three
             Leagues
             to
             an
             Indian-Town
             called
             
               St.
               a
               Cruce
            
             ,
             where
             being
             landed
             we
             were
             directed
             to
             the
             
               Indian
               Ware-house
            
             :
             It
             is
             built
             round
             having
             Sixteen
             Sqares
             ;
             on
             each
             Sqare
             is
             a
             Cabbin
             built
             and
             painted
             which
             will
             hold
             two
             People
             ;
             the
             house
             being
             about
             Fifty
             foot
             diameter
             .
             In
             the
             Middle
             of
             the
             Topp
             is
             a
             Square
             opening
             about
             fifteen
             foot
             .
             This
             house
             was
             very
             clean
             ,
             and
             fires
             being
             ready
             made
             nigh
             our
             Cabins
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             made
             choise
             of
             Cabins
             for
             him
             and
             his
             Soldiers
             and
             appointed
             us
             our
             Cabbins
             .
             In
             this
             Town
             they
             have
             a
             Fryer
             and
             a
             large
             house
             to
             worship
             in
             with
             three
             Bell's
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             go
             as
             
             constantly
             to
             their
             devotion
             at
             all
             times
             and
             seasons
             a●
             any
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             .
             Night
             being
             come
             and
             the
             time
             of
             their
             Devotion
             over
             ,
             the
             Fryer
             came
             in
             and
             many
             of
             the
             Indians
             both
             men
             and
             women
             having
             a
             Dance
             according
             to
             their
             way
             and
             custome
             .
             VVe
             had
             plenty
             of
             Casseena
             drink
             and
             such
             Victualls
             as
             the
             Indians
             had
             provided
             for
             us
             ,
             some
             bringing
             Corn
             boyled
             ,
             another
             Pease
             ,
             some
             one
             thing
             ,
             some
             another
             ,
             of
             all
             which
             We
             made
             a
             good
             Supper
             aud
             Slept
             till
             Morning
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             9
             mot
             .
             30.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             early
             We
             left
             this
             Town
             having
             about
             two
             Leagues
             to
             go
             with
             the
             Cannooes
             ,
             Then
             We
             were
             to
             travell
             by
             Land
             :
             But
             a
             Cart
             was
             provided
             to
             carry
             our
             provisions
             and
             Necessaries
             ;
             in
             which
             Cart
             those
             that
             could
             not
             travell
             were
             carried
             .
             We
             had
             about
             five
             Leagues
             to
             a
             Sentinall's
             house
             ,
             where
             we
             lay
             all
             Night
             ,
             and
             next
             Morning
             travelled
             along
             the
             Sea-shoar
             about
             Four
             Leagues
             to
             an
             Inlett
             :
             Here
             We
             waited
             for
             Cannooes
             to
             come
             for
             us
             to
             carry
             us
             about
             two
             miles
             to
             a
             Town
             called
             
               St.
               Wans
            
             ,
             an
             
               Indian
               Town
            
             ,
             being
             on
             an
             Island
             .
             We
             went
             through
             a
             kirt
             of
             Wood
             into
             the
             
               Indian
               Plantations
            
             for
             a
             Mile
             .
             In
             the
             middle
             of
             this
             Island
             is
             the
             Town
             of
             
               St.
               Wans
            
             ,
             a
             large
             Town
             and
             many
             People
             .
             They
             have
             a
             Fryer
             ,
             and
             a
             Worshipping-House
             :
             The
             People
             are
             very
             Industrious
             ,
             having
             plenty
             of
             Hoggs
             and
             Fowles
             and
             large
             Cropps
             of
             Corn
             ,
             as
             We
             could
             tell
             by
             their
             Corn-houses
             .
             The
             Indians
             brought
             us
             Victualls
             as
             at
             the
             last
             Town
             ,
             and
             We
             lay
             in
             their
             Warr-house
             ,
             VVhich
             was
             larger
             than
             that
             at
             the
             other
             Town
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mot
             .
             2.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Indians
             brought
             us
             Victualls
             for
             
             ●reakfast
             ,
             and
             the
             Fryer
             gave
             my
             Wife
             some
             Loaves
             of
             Bread
             made
             of
             Indian-Corn
             ,
             Which
             was
             somewhat
             extraordinary
             :
             also
             a
             parcell
             of
             Fowles
             .
          
           
             About
             Tenn
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Forenoon
             we
             left
             
               St.
               Wans
            
             ,
             walking
             about
             a
             Mile
             to
             the
             Sound
             Where
             were
             Cannooes
             and
             Indians
             ready
             to
             transport
             us
             to
             the
             next
             Town
             .
             We
             did
             believe
             that
             We
             might
             ha●e
             come
             all
             the
             way
             along
             the
             Sound
             ,
             but
             the
             Spaniards
             were
             not
             willing
             to
             discover
             the
             place
             unto
             us
             .
          
           
             An
             hour
             before
             Sun
             sett
             We
             gott
             to
             the
             Town
             call'd
             
               St.
               Marys
            
             .
             This
             is
             a
             Fronteer
             and
             a
             
               Garison
               Town
            
             :
             the
             Inhabitants
             are
             Indians
             with
             some
             
               Spanish
               Soldiers
            
             .
             We
             were
             conducted
             to
             the
             
               Warr
               house
            
             ,
             as
             the
             custome
             is
             ,
             for
             every
             Town
             hath
             a
             
               Warr
               house
            
             .
             Or
             as
             VVe
             understood
             these
             houses
             were
             for
             their
             times
             of
             Mirth
             and
             Danceing
             ,
             and
             to
             lodge
             and
             entertain
             Strangers
             .
             This
             house
             is
             about
             81
             foot
             Diameter
             built
             Round
             ,
             with
             32
             Sqares
             ,
             in
             each
             Sqare
             a
             Cabin
             about
             8
             foot
             long
             of
             a
             good
             height
             being
             Painted
             and
             well
             matted
             .
             The
             Centre
             of
             this
             building
             is
             a
             Quadrangle
             of
             20
             foot
             being
             open
             at
             topp
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             against
             which
             the
             house
             is
             built
             thus
             In
             this
             Quadrangle
             is
             the
             place
             they
             dance
             having
             a
             great
             fire
             in
             the
             Middle
             :
             One
             of
             the
             Sqares
             of
             this
             building
             is
             the
             Gate
             ,
             Way
             or
             Passage
             in
             .
             The
             Women
             natives
             of
             these
             Towns
             cloth
             their
             themselves
             with
             the
             Moss
             of
             Trees
             ,
             making
             Gowns
             and
             Petticoats
             thereof
             which
             at
             a
             distance
             or
             in
             the
             Night
             look
             very
             neat
             .
             The
             
               Indian
               Boys
            
             we
             saw
             were
             kept
             to
             School
             in
             the
             Church
             ,
             the
             Fryer
             being
             their
             
               School
               master
            
             .
             This
             is
             the
             Largest
             Town
             of
             all
             .
             About
             a
             Mile
             from
             this
             is
             another
             Town
             called
             
               St.
               Philips
            
             .
             At
             this
             Town
             of
             
               St.
               Mary's
            
             were
             we
             to
             stay
             till
             the
             5th
             or
             6th
             Instant
             ;
             Where
             also
             We
             were
             to
             receive
             our
             Sixty
             
             Roves
             of
             Corn
             ,
             and
             Tenn
             Roves
             of
             Pease
             ;
             While
             we
             stayed
             we
             had
             one
             half
             of
             our
             Corn
             beaten
             into
             Meal
             by
             the
             Indians
             ,
             the
             other
             we
             kept
             whole
             ,
             not
             knowing
             what
             waether
             we
             should
             have
             :
             For
             the
             Fryer
             of
             this
             Town
             some
             Years
             past
             was
             at
             
               Charles
               Town
            
             i●
             
               South
               Carolina
            
             ,
             and
             he
             had
             a
             Monthes
             Passage
             in
             goeing
             about
             this
             time
             of
             the
             Year
             .
             This
             News
             was
             very
             unpleasant
             to
             think
             of
             lying
             out
             a
             Month
             at
             this
             season
             ,
             having
             been
             so
             weather
             beaten
             before
             ;
             But
             we
             endeavoured
             to
             shun
             looking
             back
             ,
             considering
             how
             great
             our
             Preservations
             had
             been
             hitherto
             .
          
           
             While
             We
             stayed
             here
             we
             were
             willing
             to
             make
             all
             the
             Provision
             we
             could
             for
             Back
             and
             Belley
             :
             VVe
             gott
             of
             the
             Indians
             plenty
             of
             Garlick
             and
             long
             Pepper
             to
             season
             our
             Corn
             and
             Pease
             ,
             both
             which
             were
             griping
             and
             windy
             :
             And
             we
             made
             us
             VVooden
             Trays
             and
             Spoons
             to
             eat
             with
             ;
             VVe
             gott
             Rushes
             and
             made
             a
             sort
             of
             platted
             Rope
             thereof
             ;
             the
             use
             we
             chiefly
             intended
             it
             for
             was
             to
             be
             serviceable
             to
             help
             us
             in
             building
             Hutts
             or
             Tents
             with
             at
             such
             time
             as
             we
             should
             mee●
             with
             hard
             VVeather
             .
          
           
             The
             time
             drawing
             on
             that
             we
             were
             to
             leave
             this
             Town
             ,
             We
             had
             Seven
             Large
             Cannooes
             Provided
             to
             carry
             us
             being
             in
             all
             about
             Sixty
             Persons
             ;
             Eighteen
             of
             us
             and
             6
             of
             Smiths
             Company
             ,
             Seven
             Spaniards
             and
             thirty
             add
             Indians
             ,
             VVhich
             were
             to
             row
             the
             Cannooes
             and
             be
             our
             Pilots
             .
             VVe
             had
             some
             Indians
             from
             all
             the
             Towns
             and
             two
             Casseekey's
             .
          
           
             VVe
             understood
             that
             the
             
               Carolina
               Indians
            
             called
             the
             Yammasees
             ,
             which
             are
             Related
             to
             these
             Indians
             were
             here
             about
             a
             Month
             since
             Trading
             for
             Deer
             Skins
             .
          
           
             I
             have
             Omitted
             a
             considerable
             Passage
             that
             happened
             in
             Augusteen
             ;
             The
             Woman
             named
             Penelope
             being
             bigg
             
             with
             Child
             ,
             by
             the
             Spaniard's
             perswasion
             stayed
             with
             them
             :
             Also
             
               Joseph
               Kirle's
               Boy
            
             named
             
               John
               Hilliar
            
             ,
             was
             detained
             by
             the
             
               Spaniards
               .
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             strove
             hard
             with
             the
             Governour
             that
             he
             might
             have
             his
             Boy
             ;
             but
             the
             Lad
             was
             conveyed
             out
             of
             Town
             and
             not
             to
             be
             found
             .
             The
             Governour
             promised
             that
             he
             would
             send
             him
             after
             him
             if
             possible
             ;
             but
             the
             Boy
             came
             not
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             We
             were
             to
             depart
             hence
             on
             the
             Morrow
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mot
             .
             6.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             we
             Embarked
             and
             departed
             this
             place
             and
             put
             in
             to
             the
             
               Town
               St.
               Philips
            
             where
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             inveited
             us
             on
             shoar
             to
             drinck
             Casseena
             ,
             which
             We
             did
             :
             The
             Spaniards
             having
             left
             somethingh
             behind
             ,
             We
             stayed
             here
             about
             an
             hour
             and
             then
             sett
             forward
             .
             About
             two
             or
             three
             Leagues
             hence
             We
             ●ame
             in
             sight
             of
             an
             
               Indian
               town
            
             called
             Sappataw
             ;
             But
             VVe
             went
             about
             a
             League
             to
             the
             Northward
             of
             it
             to
             a
             Sentinall
             s
             house
             ,
             where
             VVe
             putt
             our
             Boats
             on
             shoar
             and
             had
             Casseena
             brought
             us
             ,
             making
             no
             stay
             VVe
             went
             hence
             rowing
             till
             next
             Morning
             :
             In
             the
             Night
             VVe
             had
             lost
             our
             way
             ,
             but
             gott
             to
             rights
             in
             a
             little
             time
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             7.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             we
             putt
             on
             shoar
             having
             past
             an
             Inlett
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             here
             we
             drest
             some
             Victualls
             and
             gott
             a
             little
             Sleep
             untill
             the
             Tide
             Served
             .
             Some
             of
             our
             Indians
             went
             out
             a
             Hunting
             for
             Deere
             and
             Hoggs
             of
             Both
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             said
             there
             was
             Plenty
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Tyde
             served
             VVe
             were
             to
             goe
             to
             the
             Northernmost
             end
             of
             this
             Island
             and
             stay
             for
             the
             Hunters
             .
             One
             of
             the
             Indians
             brought
             a
             Deer
             which
             he
             throwed
             down
             amongst
             the
             other
             Indians
             ,
             and
             he
             went
             out
             again
             to
             Hunt
             to
             the
             North
             end
             of
             the
             Island
             ,
             where
             VVe
             were
             
             to
             rand●vouse
             for
             this
             Night
             .
             VVe
             sett
             Forward
             abou●
             Tenn
             a
             Clock
             and
             gott
             to
             the
             place
             appointed
             an
             hour
             or
             two
             before
             Sun-sett
             ,
             It
             being
             a
             fine
             lofty
             VVood
             ▪
             We
             imployed
             our selves
             in
             getting
             Fire-Wood
             for
             the
             Night
             and
             Moss
             to
             lye
             on
             ,
             of
             both
             which
             we
             gott
             plenty
             ,
             having
             a
             large
             Oak
             to
             lye
             under
             .
          
           
             The
             Indians
             brought
             in
             severall
             Hoggs
             and
             Deere
             ,
             of
             which
             we
             had
             Part
             ,
             so
             that
             we
             Fared
             richly
             ;
             having
             a
             pleasant
             Nights
             repose
             ;
             We
             gott
             up
             to
             be
             gone
             about
             an
             hour
             before
             Day
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mot
             .
             8.
             the
             3
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             day
             having
             rowed
             from
             the
             last
             place
             untill
             two
             hours
             before
             Sun-sett
             We
             putt
             on
             Shoar
             at
             a
             place
             where
             had
             been
             an
             Indian
             Settlement
             ,
             it
             being
             on
             a
             high
             bank
             ,
             from
             whence
             We
             had
             a
             Prospect
             of
             the
             Sound
             .
             Here
             We
             imployed
             our selves
             to
             go
             and
             fetch
             Bushes
             to
             make
             shelter
             against
             the
             Wind
             and
             Dews
             of
             the
             Night
             ,
             and
             in
             Cutting
             of
             dry
             Grass
             to
             lye
             on
             ,
             and
             getting
             of
             Wood
             which
             was
             at
             considerable
             distance
             ;
             But
             we
             resolved
             to
             have
             it
             if
             labour
             would
             purchase
             it
             .
             Those
             that
             were
             not
             imployed
             in
             these
             services
             were
             providing
             of
             VVater
             and
             Victualls
             ,
             For
             we
             had
             alwais
             enough
             to
             doe
             .
             We
             had
             a
             pleasant
             Night
             and
             rested
             well
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mot
             .
             9.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             about
             Sun-Rising
             we
             saw
             a
             Cannooe
             of
             Carolina-Indians
             a
             going
             to
             the
             Southward
             a
             hunting
             :
             They
             kept
             the
             Western
             side
             of
             the
             Sound
             ,
             being
             fearfull
             of
             us
             ;
             We
             had
             a
             Cannooe
             manned
             with
             Indians
             and
             Spaniards
             to
             go
             after
             them
             to
             speak
             with
             them
             ,
             being
             desirous
             to
             gett
             them
             to
             carry
             Letters
             to
             inform
             of
             our
             Comeing
             '
             not
             knowing
             but
             we
             might
             Alarum
             the
             Out-Settlement
             of
             Carolina
             .
          
           
           
             This
             Cannooe
             of
             ours
             pursued
             the
             other
             ,
             but
             the
             
               Carolina
               Indians
            
             putt
             on
             shoar
             ,
             runn
             into
             a
             Mash
             and
             Fired
             at
             our
             People
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Indians
            
             who
             could
             Speak
             the
             
               Yammaw's
               Language
            
             ,
             called
             onto
             them
             ,
             and
             told
             them
             their
             business
             ,
             withall
             intreating
             them
             to
             come
             unto
             them
             ;
             But
             they
             Answered
             That
             they
             were
             going
             a
             hunting
             for
             the
             Season
             ,
             therefore
             desired
             them
             to
             be
             gone
             ,
             for
             they
             would
             not
             come
             near
             them
             :
             Thus
             our
             People
             returned
             unto
             us
             .
             The
             
               Carolina
               Indians
            
             went
             their
             way
             ,
             and
             We
             Prepared
             to
             goe
             forward
             .
             We
             having
             the
             Casseekey
             of
             
               St.
               Wans
            
             with
             us
             Sent
             him
             away
             last
             Night
             ,
             to
             see
             if
             he
             could
             meet
             any
             of
             the
             
               Yammawsee
               Indians
               of
               Carolina
            
             ,
             he
             being
             acquainted
             with
             and
             related
             to
             them
             :
             But
             this
             Cannooe
             passed
             him
             ,
             We
             sett
             forward
             and
             rowed
             all
             the
             day
             till
             about
             an
             hour
             before
             Sun-sett
             ,
             and
             then
             we
             putt
             on
             shoar
             att
             an
             Indian-Field
             which
             was
             overgrown
             with
             Sedge
             .
             It
             being
             low
             wett
             Land.
             Here
             we
             made
             our
             Accustomed
             Provision
             for
             Lodging
             ,
             lying
             this
             Night
             in
             a
             Wood
             ,
             having
             dressed
             Victualls
             for
             this
             time
             and
             to
             morrow
             ;
             And
             having
             rested
             well
             this
             Night
             ,
             about
             Day-Break
             or
             sooner
             We
             left
             this
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mot
             .
             10.
             the
             5
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             about
             Tenn
             a
             Clock
             we
             crossed
             an
             Iulets
             ,
             butt
             the
             Tyde
             being
             against
             us
             we
             putt
             on
             shoar
             att
             an
             Old
             
               Indian
               Field
            
             .
             Att
             this
             Place
             under
             the
             shelter
             of
             some
             Trees
             was
             the
             Casseekey
             of
             
               St.
               Wanns
            
             .
             Here
             we
             stayed
             and
             dranck
             some
             Casseena
             .
             There
             was
             Aboundance
             of
             
               Rabbetts
               ▪
            
             but
             we
             made
             no
             stay
             .
             Not
             passing
             two
             hours
             ,
             the
             Casseekey
             was
             sent
             before
             to
             make
             discovery
             ,
             and
             we
             followed
             rowing
             untill
             an
             hour
             before
             Sun-Sett
             ,
             by
             which
             time
             we
             gott
             to
             the
             place
             called
             
               St.
               Catalena
            
             ,
             where
             hath
             been
             a
             great
             Settlement
             of
             
             Indians
             ,
             for
             the
             Land
             hath
             been
             cleared
             for
             planting
             ,
             for
             some
             Miles
             distant
             Here
             also
             We
             mett
             the
             Casseekey
             ,
             also
             a
             Cannooe
             of
             
               Carolina
               Indians
            
             being
             a
             Man
             his
             Wife
             and
             Children
             having
             his
             Doggs
             and
             other
             hunting
             Implements
             for
             to
             lye
             out
             this
             Winter
             Season
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             by
             this
             Interpreter
             discoursed
             him
             about
             Carrying
             our
             Letters
             ,
             which
             he
             readily
             assented
             unto
             ;
             Whereupon
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             sett
             himself
             to
             writing
             to
             the
             Governour
             of
             Carolina
             .
          
           
             We
             had
             a
             Large
             Field
             to
             lye
             in
             and
             no
             manner
             of
             shelter
             but
             what
             was
             a
             Mile
             distant
             or
             more
             ;
             But
             We
             spared
             not
             pains
             ,
             but
             some
             fell
             to
             Cutting
             of
             Boughs
             and
             Brush
             att
             that
             great
             distance
             ,
             some
             to
             Carrying
             it
             to
             the
             place
             ,
             some
             to
             gett
             fire
             wood
             ;
             so
             that
             by
             Night
             we
             had
             a
             brave
             shelter
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             sent
             for
             me
             to
             write
             to
             the
             Governour
             of
             Carolina
             ;
             which
             I
             did
             :
             I
             Write
             a●●o
             to
             a
             Person
             of
             my
             Acquaintance
             there
             :
             The
             Letters
             being
             finished
             and
             Night
             come
             on
             I
             delivered
             my
             Letters
             to
             the
             Captain
             and
             returned
             to
             my
             Company
             .
             By
             this
             time
             they
             had
             compleated
             our
             Booth
             which
             we
             thought
             was
             sufficient
             ,
             if
             no
             Rain
             fell
             .
             VVe
             provided
             our
             Victualls
             for
             our
             Supper
             and
             for
             the
             next
             Day
             's
             Travell
             ,
             as
             also
             some
             dry
             Grass
             to
             lye
             on
             in
             hopes
             of
             resting
             well
             this
             Night
             .
             About
             Tenn
             at
             night
             the
             
               Carolina
               Indians
            
             went
             with
             our
             Letters
             for
             Carolina
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mot
             .
             11.
             the
             6
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             about
             two
             hours
             before
             Day
             we
             had
             a
             Gust
             of
             Wind
             att
             the
             North-West
             and
             the
             Skie
             was
             overcast
             and
             looked
             as
             though
             we
             should
             〈◊〉
             ▪
             abundance
             of
             Rain
             :
             In
             a
             little
             time
             the
             rain
             〈◊〉
             against
             which
             we
             had
             no
             shelter
             ,
             but
             our
             Blanketts
             :
             The
             Rain
             held
             untill
             break
             of
             day
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             began●
             
             the
             North-West
             wind
             to
             Blow
             violent
             hard
             and
             Cold
             :
             Our
             shelter
             was
             fronting
             the
             North-West
             ;
             and
             we
             ●ell
             to
             work
             to
             shift
             our
             Booth
             and
             to
             getting
             more
             boughs
             ,
             Brush
             and
             Grass
             :
             the
             Grass
             was
             to
             fill
             and
             keep
             up
             a
             bank
             of
             Earth
             which
             we
             raised
             about
             three
             or
             four
             Foot
             high
             to
             break
             the
             wind
             from
             us
             :
             All
             this
             Day
             were
             we
             imployed
             in
             inlarging
             our
             Booth
             and
             getting
             of
             VVood
             for
             fireing
             ;
             The
             North-West
             blew
             extream
             hard
             and
             this
             night
             was
             hard
             ,
             getting
             but
             little
             rest
             .
             the
             Cold
             pinching
             us
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             12.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             the
             wind
             that
             continued
             without
             ceasing
             .
             We
             begann
             to
             mend●what
             the
             wind
             had
             put
             out
             of
             order
             by
             Night
             ,
             and
             haved
             up
             more
             Earth
             on
             our
             Booth
             ,
             and
             made
             some
             Enlargement
             ,
             for
             we
             were
             not
             negligent
             by
             Day
             to
             provide
             for
             the
             Night
             ,
             which
             pincl●ed
             us
             vvith
             Cold
             especially
             aged
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             ,
             who
             having
             a
             violent
             Flux
             that
             had
             held
             him
             from
             Augusteen
             hither
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             violent
             Cold
             being
             Grown
             on
             him
             so
             that
             he
             could
             not
             Govern
             his
             weakness
             ,
             nor
             gett
             natural
             Rest
             ;
             he
             vvas
             extreamly
             racked
             vvith
             the
             Cold
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             Juncture
             of
             hardship
             vve
             could
             gett
             no
             vvarmth
             in
             him
             ;
             but
             he
             vvas
             contented
             vvith
             our
             mean
             help
             although
             he
             received
             litle
             benefit
             by
             it
             .
             This
             Day
             at
             times
             vve
             vvent
             out
             to
             get
             vvood
             ,
             having
             a
             long
             way
             to
             go
             in
             an
             Open
             Field
             and
             the
             Cold
             almost
             numming
             us
             by
             that
             time
             we
             could
             gett
             to
             our
             ●oo●
             .
          
           
             This
             Eveaing
             the
             Wind
             was
             somewhat
             abated
             and
             we
             were
             in
             great
             hopes
             it
             was
             over
             ,
             but
             it
             blowed
             fiercely
             the
             latter
             part
             of
             the
             Night
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             13.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Wind
             was
             something
             abated
             and
             the
             Sun
             gave
             forth
             a
             little
             VVarmth
             :
             
               Joseph
               Kirl●
            
             bo●roborrowed
             
             a
             
               Gunn
               ,
               Powder
            
             and
             Shott
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             kill
             some
             in
             wild
             ●●●se
             or
             what
             other
             Game
             he
             might
             come
             up
             with
             ,
             but
             he
             had
             no
             success
             ,
             comeing
             home
             without
             any
             Game
             :
             And
             We
             were
             well
             content
             with
             a
             Dinner
             of
             Indian-Corn
             and
             
               Strung
               Bee●
            
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Indian
            
             hunted
             all
             these
             three
             days
             and
             kill'd
             severall
             Deere
             ,
             but
             they
             eat
             them
             as
             fast
             as
             they
             killed
             them
             ;
             having
             little
             or
             no
             other
             Provision
             ,
             their
             Corn
             being
             spent
             .
          
           
             The
             latter
             part
             of
             this
             Day
             the
             wind
             was
             very
             moderate
             and
             we
             hoped
             to
             be
             going
             the
             next
             Morning
             .
             Whereupon
             we
             Provided
             for
             the
             next
             Days
             Travell
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             14.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             we
             Embarqued
             and
             sett
             Forward
             having
             fair
             Weather
             ,
             the
             Wind
             down
             :
             We
             rowed
             all
             Day
             untill
             three
             a
             Clock
             ,
             being
             come
             to
             a
             great
             Inlett
             of
             the
             Sea
             ;
             but
             the
             Weather
             looked
             as
             though
             we
             should
             have
             Wind
             and
             Rain
             ,
             and
             to
             cross
             the
             Inlett
             would
             be
             dangerous
             ,
             it
             being
             about
             
               Two
               Leagues
            
             over
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             Wind
             maketh
             a
             rough
             Sea
             :
             So
             We
             putt
             on
             Shoar
             ,
             it
             being
             high
             Land
             and
             lofty
             Woods
             ,
             mostly
             Pine
             and
             
               Live
               Oakes
            
             :
             her●
             we
             made
             all
             the
             
               Expedition
               we
            
             could
             to
             gett
             a
             shelter
             against
             the
             Weather
             .
             The
             Indians
             sett
             to
             work
             to
             build
             themselves
             little
             Hutts
             or
             Wigg-w●ms
             ,
             which
             they
             had
             not
             done
             till
             now
             .
             They
             gott
             small
             Palmetto-Le●ves
             and
             covered
             their
             Buildings
             ;
             but
             ours
             were
             covered
             mostly
             with
             Boughs
             ,
             which
             would
             not
             keep
             out
             much
             Rain
             .
             By
             
               Night
               we
            
             had
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             Rain
             and
             VVind
             .
             And
             it
             being
             the
             Evening
             of
             the
             
               Spaniards
               Christmass
            
             they
             used
             some
             of
             their
             Ceremonies
             with
             tink●ing
             on
             a
             piece
             of
             Iron
             ,
             and
             Singing
             ,
             〈◊〉
             for
             somewhat
             for
             the
             day
             following
             :
             They
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             Indians
             ,
             and
             the
             Indians
             in
             like
             manner
             
             begged
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             what
             the
             Indians
             gave
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             that
             was
             returned
             to
             the
             Indians
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             16.
             the
             4
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             was
             very
             ●oggy
             and
             proved
             a
             rainy
             day
             ,
             but
             we
             kept
             rowing
             untill
             two
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             the
             Rain
             being
             hard
             and
             the
             Wind
             increased
             at
             NE.
             We
             putt
             on
             shoar
             ,
             but
             the
             Capt.
             told
             us
             we
             should
             not
             stay
             here
             long
             ,
             he
             intended
             further
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             Weather
             permitted
             ▪
             would
             goe
             all
             Night
             ;
             but
             the
             Weather
             was
             likelier
             ▪
             to
             be
             worse
             than
             better
             ,
             and
             we
             sate
             in
             the
             Rain
             untill
             Night
             was
             come
             ,
             Then
             we
             intreated
             the
             Captain
             that
             we
             might
             stay
             all
             Night
             ,
             and
             that
             we
             might
             provide
             against
             the
             Weather
             ;
             but
             he
             pretented
             the
             weather
             would
             break
             up
             and
             he
             would
             be
             gone
             :
             But
             there
             was
             no
             likelihood
             of
             it
             :
             The
             Rain
             was
             increased
             and
             we
             all
             wett
             and
             shram'd
             with
             Cold
             ;
             At
             length
             he
             assented
             to
             stay
             ;
             then
             were
             we
             hard
             putt
             to
             it
             ,
             (
             being
             Night
             )
             to
             provide
             shelter
             :
             But
             in
             the
             dark
             did
             we
             work
             untill
             we
             had
             made
             us
             a
             shelter
             that
             would
             keep
             the
             Rain
             from
             us
             ;
             having
             fires
             we
             putt
             off
             our
             wett
             clothes
             and
             dryed
             them
             as
             well
             as
             we
             could
             .
             Towards
             Morning
             the
             Rain
             broke
             up
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             17.
             the
             5
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             att
             Sun-Rising
             we
             sett
             Forward
             and
             Rowed
             untill
             Noon
             ;
             at
             wich
             time
             we
             came
             to
             an
             Inlett
             and
             putt
             a
             shoar
             :
             There
             we
             stayed
             all
             this
             Afternoon
             and
             dryed
             our
             Blanketts
             and
             what
             was
             not
             dryed
             〈◊〉
             Night
             .
             We
             also
             dressed
             Victualls
             ,
             and
             as
             soon
             as
             it
             was
             dark
             went
             hence
             designing
             to
             Row
             all
             N●ght
             ,
             but
             having
             an
             intrieate
             Passage
             amongst
             Marshes
             ,
             Where
             were
             divers
             Creeks
             and
             ways
             ,
             that
             we
             rowed
             sometimes
             in
             a
             wrong
             one
             ▪
             then
             Back
             again
             ,
             and
             Rowed
             in
             another
             ;
             and
             about
             Midnight
             our
             Pilotts
             were
             att
             a
             loss
             
             not
             knowing
             which
             way
             to
             goe
             ,
             nor
             where
             to
             finde
             any
             dry
             Land
             that
             We
             might
             goe
             on
             shoar
             :
             But
             three
             of
             our
             
               Boats
               rowed
            
             untill
             We
             found
             a
             dry
             Napp
             to
             gett
             on
             shoar
             ,
             where
             we
             lay
             untill
             Day
             ,
             having
             good
             fires
             .
             As
             soon
             as
             it
             was
             light
             we
             gott
             our
             Boats
             and
             went
             to
             look
             for
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             Company
             whom
             we
             found
             having
             made
             their
             Cannooes
             fast
             to
             the
             Sedge
             and
             sitting
             therein
             until
             we
             came
             to
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo●
             .
             18.
             the
             6
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             The
             Night
             was
             extreem
             Foggy
             ,
             and
             so
             was
             this
             Morning
             ;
             but
             we
             searched
             about
             and
             found
             our
             Passage
             ,
             being
             a
             little
             Channell
             just
             broad
             enough
             for
             our
             Boats
             to
             pass
             ,
             and
             a
             Mile
             in
             l●ng
             .
             After
             we
             past
             this
             ,
             we
             came
             into
             a
             great
             Sound
             which
             went
             down
             into
             a
             large
             Inlett
             that
             the
             Land
             could
             not
             be
             seen
             from
             the
             one
             Side
             to
             the
             other
             .
             Into
             the
             Sound
             comes
             down
             a
             great
             River
             called
             the
             Sabbina-River
             ,
             which
             when
             we
             got
             into
             the
             Course
             of
             it
             ,
             the
             water
             was
             fresh
             though
             in
             this
             great
             Sound
             .
             The
             Spaniards
             called
             it
             the
             Cross-Barr
             ,
             or
             
               St.
               a
               Cruce
            
             :
             About
             Noon
             we
             gott
             over
             this
             Sound
             ,
             and
             here
             we
             rowed
             out
             to
             Sea
             for
             two
             Leagues
             to
             gett
             into
             another
             Sound
             ;
             and
             about
             three
             a
             Clock
             the
             Wind
             began
             to
             blow
             at
             North-East
             ,
             and
             it
             looked
             very
             black
             ,
             so
             that
             We
             feared
             a
             Storm
             .
             We
             desired
             to
             gett
             on
             shoar
             to
             Provide
             against
             it
             ,
             but
             the
             Captain
             said
             ,
             About
             a
             few
             leagues
             further
             We
             ▪
             should
             gett
             near
             Port-Royall
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             Interim
             We
             saw
             a
             Cannooe
             on
             the
             shoar
             :
             we
             made
             to
             her
             and
             there
             we
             found
             some
             
               Indian
               Wig-wams
            
             .
             Here
             We
             went
             on
             shoar
             .
             This
             was
             a
             Cannooe
             laden
             with
             Skins
             that
             belonged
             to
             Merchants
             at
             Carolina
             ,
             having
             four
             Indians
             belonging
             to
             her
             ;
             but
             three
             of
             them
             runn
             away
             fearing
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             One
             stayed
             .
          
           
           
             The
             
               Indians
               Wig-wams
            
             were
             in
             a
             bad
             condition
             not
             fitt
             to
             keep
             out
             the
             Weather
             ;
             So
             We
             sett
             to
             work
             to
             mend
             them
             :
             Here
             was
             plenty
             of
             Palmeto-Leaves
             with
             which
             We
             covered
             them
             and
             made
             Addition
             to
             them
             ,
             but
             the
             Storm
             of
             Wind
             and
             Rain
             came
             Violently
             before
             We
             could
             compleat
             our
             work
             and
             held
             all
             Night
             ,
             yet
             We
             lay
             indifferent
             dry
             though
             the
             Storm
             was
             very
             great
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             19.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Morning
             the
             Storm
             of
             Wind
             continued
             at
             N
             E.
             with
             Rain
             We
             being
             likely
             to
             stay
             some
             time
             here
             inlarged
             our
             Wig-vvam
             fearing
             a
             North-wester
             ,
             which
             about
             tenn
             a
             Clock
             this
             day
             began
             to
             blow
             fiercely
             with
             Snow
             for
             some
             hours
             .
             The
             Wind
             was
             so
             Violent
             that
             We
             feared
             lest
             the
             tall
             Pines
             should
             be
             blown
             on
             us
             .
             We
             sent
             the
             Carolina●Indian
             out
             to
             being
             his
             three
             Mates
             in
             ;
             but
             they
             would
             not
             .
             The
             
               Spanish
               Indians
            
             made
             great
             Complaint
             for
             Food
             .
             We
             gave
             amongst
             them
             Four
             Rove
             of
             Corn
             ,
             not
             being
             willing
             to
             spare
             any
             more
             ,
             not
             knowing
             how
             long
             We
             should
             be
             detained
             by
             the
             Weather
             .
             Some
             of
             our
             people
             had
             almost
             eaten
             up
             their
             shares
             ,
             and
             We
             expected
             ,
             should
             we
             be
             detained
             long
             ,
             we
             must
             supply
             them
             with
             what
             We
             had
             to
             spare
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             20.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             the
             wind
             continued
             at
             N
             W.
             and
             extream
             cold
             it
             was
             ,
             but
             we
             in
             our
             Wig-wam
             were
             well
             enough
             Beared
             from
             cold
             .
             About
             Noon
             our
             
               Mariners
               Wig-wam
            
             got
             ▪
             Fire
             and
             was
             burnt
             their
             was
             the
             lewardmost
             of
             all
             (
             for
             we
             had
             Eight
             Wig-wams
             )
             otherwise
             the
             whole
             had
             been
             in
             danger
             ▪
             We
             understood
             that
             wee
             were
             not
             passing
             two
             or
             three
             days
             Journy
             from
             the
             English
             Settlements
             ;
             but
             the
             
               Spanish
               Indians
            
             told
             us
             
             that
             it
             was
             more
             till
             We
             were
             better
             informed
             by
             this
             Indian
             who
             belonged
             to
             that
             place
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             21.
             
          
           
             This
             Day
             early
             we
             sett
             forward
             and
             passed
             
               Port
               R●yall
               Sound
            
             ,
             being
             some
             Leagues
             over
             ;
             and
             about
             two
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             we
             p●tt
             on
             shoar
             ,
             the
             Tide
             being
             against
             us
             :
             Here
             was
             a
             close
             Wood
             where
             we
             lay
             indifferent
             well
             all
             Night
             ,
             and
             early
             in
             the
             Morning
             we
             sett
             forward
             and
             rowed
             all
             day
             until
             One
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             .
             of
             the
             22.
             day
             .
          
           
             At
             which
             time
             we
             gott
             to
             the
             first
             settlement
             in
             Carolina
             ,
             belonging
             to
             one
             
               Richard
               Bennet
            
             ,
             who
             received
             us
             kindly
             ,
             and
             provided
             plentifully
             for
             us
             of
             good
             food
             and
             good
             drink
             ,
             shewing
             the
             Spaniards
             all
             kindness
             possible
             he
             could
             for
             our
             s●kes
             ,
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             did
             acknowledge
             :
             We
             stayed
             here
             all
             Night
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             10
             mo
             .
             23.
             
          
           
             This
             Morning
             having
             eaten
             plentifully
             ,
             &
             drank
             also
             ▪
             we
             went
             hence
             in
             Company
             of
             some
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             about
             ten
             a
             Clock
             ,
             &
             rowed
             untill
             two
             hours
             within
             Night
             ,
             having
             passed
             by
             severall
             Plantations
             ,
             we
             putt
             on
             shoar
             on
             a
             point
             of
             land
             to
             wait
             a
             Tide
             ,
             having
             a
             Wood
             to
             shelter
             in
             &
             making
             good
             fires
             we
             stayed
             untill
             Midnight
             ,
             at
             which
             time
             we
             went
             thence
             and
             rowed
             untill
             an
             hour
             or
             two
             before
             Day
             ,
             by
             which
             time
             we
             gott
             to
             
               Governor
               Blake's
            
             House
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             This
             morning
             when
             the
             Governor
             arose
             he
             sent
             for
             
               Jo.
               Kirle
               ,
               John
               Smith
               ,
               Andrew
               Marrey
            
             &
             Me
             making
             Inquiry
             of
             us
             concerning
             our
             Passage
             &
             on
             what
             account
             .
             the
             Spaniards
             came
             with
             us
             .
             We
             rendred
             him
             an
             account
             of
             the
             Governor
             of
             Augusteen's
             Generosity
             towards
             us
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             sent
             us
             freely
             without
             any
             demands
             except
             what
             we
             had
             freely
             Contracted
             .
             The
             Governor
             sent
             for
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             .
             in
             ,
             &
             received
             the
             letters
             that
             were
             sent
             from
             the
             Governor
             .
             of
             Aug●steen
             ,
             also
             our
             Obligation
             ,
             which
             the
             Governor
             accepted
             .
             The
             Governor
             shewed
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             kindness
             towards
             us
             ,
             made
             Inquiry
             into
             all
             our
             Conditions
             ▪
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             he
             sent
             to
             his
             Neighbour
             
               Margarett
               Bammers
            
             ,
             who
             ,
             he
             said
             ,
             would
             be
             carefull
             &
             nurse
             him
             :
             She
             was
             an
             Antient
             Friend
             ,
             about
             2
             miles
             distant
             ;
             so
             he
             went
             on
             horseback
             .
             The
             Governor
             clothed
             
               Jos
               .
               Kirle
               ,
               John
               Smith
               Andrew
               Murrey
               ;
               Me
               ,
               my
               Wife
            
             &
             Child
             .
             To
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             People
             he
             gave
             each
             of
             them
             a
             Du●fel
             Blankett
             which
             would
             
             keep
             them
             warm
             :
             And
             plenty
             of
             Victualls
             and
             Drink
             was
             provided
             .
             We
             Obtained
             Leave
             of
             the
             Governor
             to
             permitt
             the
             Spaniards
             to
             go
             to
             Charles-Town
             with
             us
             being
             willing
             to
             ▪
             gratify
             them
             according
             to
             our
             Abilities
             .
          
        
         
           
             the.
             10
             month
             25.
             the
             6
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
               ,
               John
               Smith
               ,
               I
               ▪
            
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child
             went
             to
             
               Margarett
               Bammers
            
             where
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             was
             ;
             staying
             all
             Night
             till
             next
             Morning
             ,
             when
             the
             Spaniards
             called
             for
             us
             as
             they
             came
             by
             Water
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             This
             Morning
             we
             went
             hence
             with
             the
             Spaniards
             for
             Charles-Town
             ,
             where
             we
             arrived
             about
             an
             hour
             within
             Night
             .
          
           
             The
             Gentlemen
             of
             the
             Town
             appointed
             a
             publick
             house
             of
             good
             Credit
             to
             entertain
             the
             Spaniards
             with
             meat
             &
             drink
             &
             lodging
             ;
             which
             was
             done
             to
             the
             Spaniards
             admiration
             ,
             they
             stayed
             here
             8
             days
             .
             We
             gott
             our
             People
             together
             &
             agreed
             Jo●ntly
             to
             give
             the
             Spaniards
             a
             100
             pc
             .
             of
             8
             ,
             which
             .
             
               Jo
               :
               Kirle
            
             &
             I
             divided
             amongst
             them
             according
             to
             their
             degrees
             ,
             we
             two
             adding
             to
             the
             summ
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             11
             mo
             .
             4.
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             
               Ioseph
               Kirle
            
             &
             I
             provided
             a
             small
             Present
             to
             send
             to
             the
             Governor
             of
             Augusteen
             ,
             and
             this
             day
             we
             went
             with
             the
             Spaniard
             to
             
               Governor
               Bla●es
            
             ,
             staying
             there
             One
             day
             ,
             the
             Governor
             treated
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             and
             having
             Compleated
             his
             Letters
             gave
             the
             
               Spanish
               Captain
            
             a
             considerable
             Present
             and
             sent
             him
             homewards
             ,
             Ordering
             them
             to
             call
             on
             the
             
               Yam-massee
               Indians
            
             ,
             where
             they
             might
             have
             as
             much
             
               Indian
               Cor●
            
             ,
             ●s
             they
             pleased
             ,
             to
             carry
             home
             with
             them
             ,
             the
             Towns
             of
             thes
             ▪
             Indians
             being
             about
             two
             or
             three
             days
             rowing
             from
             
               Charles
               Town
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             11
             mo
             the
             9.
             the
             7
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             I
             returned
             with
             my
             Wife
             and
             Child
             to
             
               Charles
               Town
            
             ,
             leaving
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             in
             a
             weak
             and
             low
             condition
             with
             
               Margarett
               Bammer
               .
               I
            
             ,
             my
             Wife
             and
             Family
             with
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             were
             entertained
             by
             
               Captain
               James
               Ribee
               the
               time
            
             of
             our
             stay
             in
             Carolina
             .
             Our
             Sea-men
             were
             mostly
             imployed
             ,
             some
             in
             one
             Vessell
             ,
             and
             some
             in
             another
             that
             belong'd
             to
             the
             Port.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             the
             12
             mo
             .
             6
             the
             2
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             
               Joseph
               Kirle
            
             went
             hence
             to
             the
             Island
             of
             Providence
             〈◊〉
             hopes
             of
             gaining
             speedy
             passage
             for
             Pensilvania
             the
             place
             of
             his
             abode
             .
          
           
             Towards
             the
             beginning
             of
             this
             Month
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             was
             brought
             to
             
               Charles
               Town
            
             being
             extrem
             Weak
             and
             was
             Lodged
             at
             the
             house
             of
             
               Mary
               Cross
            
             who
             nursed
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             1
             mo
             .
             18.
             the
             5
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             I
             with
             my
             Family
             and
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             Em●a●ke●
             and
             Sett
             Sail
             from
             this
             place
             for
             Pensilvania
             ,
             and
             had
             Fourteen
             days
             Passage
             to
             Philadelphia
             .
          
        
         
           
             the
             2
             month
             4.
             the
             1
             of
             the
             week
             .
          
           
             This
             Day
             in
             the
             Evening
             
               Robert
               Barrow
            
             departed
             this
             life
             and
             was
             buried
             the
             6
             Instant
             having
             passed
             through
             great
             Exercises
             in
             much
             Patience
             ;
             And
             in
             all
             the
             times
             of
             out
             greattest
             Troubles
             was
             ready
             to
             Counsell
             us
             to
             Patience
             and
             to
             wait
             what
             the
             Lord
             our
             GOD
             would
             bring
             to
             pass
             .
             And
             he
             would
             often
             express
             That
             it
             was
             his
             belief
             ,
             that
             onr
             Lives
             should
             be
             spared
             not
             be
             lost
             in
             that
             Wilderness
             and
             amongst
             those
             People
             who
             would
             have
             made
             a
             Prey
             of
             us
             .
             And
             so
             this
             good
             Man
             having
             finished
             his
             Course
             with
             Joy
             Laid
             down
             his
             Body
             ,
             and
             is
             with
             Him
             who
             rewards
             the
             Just
             .
          
           
             Thus
             having
             Compleated
             our
             hard
             Passage
             hither
             ,
             wherein
             Gods
             great
             Mercy
             and
             wonderfull
             Loving
             kindness
             hath
             been
             largely
             Extended
             unto
             us
             in
             delivering
             and
             preserving
             us
             to
             this
             Day
             and
             time
             ,
             I
             hope
             that
             I
             with
             all
             those
             of
             us
             that
             have
             been
             spared
             hitherto
             ,
             shall
             never
             be
             Forgetull
             ●or
             unmindfull
             of
             the
             Low
             estate
             we
             were
             brought
             into
             ▪
             But
             that
             we
             may
             double
             our
             Diligens●
             in
             serving
             there
             Lord
             GOD
             ,
             Is
             the
             breathing
             and
             Earnest
             desire
             of
             my
             Soul
             ▪
             Amen
             .
          
           
             
               Jonathan
               Dickinson